[279] | 1 | /*
|
---|
| 2 | * TCC - Tiny C Compiler
|
---|
| 3 | *
|
---|
| 4 | * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
|
---|
| 5 | *
|
---|
| 6 | * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
---|
| 7 | * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
---|
| 8 | * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
---|
| 9 | * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
---|
| 10 | *
|
---|
| 11 | * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
---|
| 12 | * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
---|
| 13 | * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
---|
| 14 | * Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
---|
| 15 | *
|
---|
| 16 | * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
---|
| 17 | * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
---|
| 18 | * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
---|
| 19 | */
|
---|
| 20 |
|
---|
| 21 | #include "tcc.h"
|
---|
| 22 |
|
---|
| 23 | /********************************************************/
|
---|
| 24 | /* global variables */
|
---|
| 25 |
|
---|
| 26 | /* loc : local variable index
|
---|
| 27 | ind : output code index
|
---|
| 28 | rsym: return symbol
|
---|
| 29 | anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
|
---|
| 30 | */
|
---|
| 31 | ST_DATA int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
|
---|
| 32 |
|
---|
| 33 | ST_DATA Section *text_section, *data_section, *bss_section; /* predefined sections */
|
---|
| 34 | ST_DATA Section *cur_text_section; /* current section where function code is generated */
|
---|
| 35 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
|
---|
| 36 | ST_DATA Section *last_text_section; /* to handle .previous asm directive */
|
---|
| 37 | #endif
|
---|
| 38 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 39 | /* bound check related sections */
|
---|
| 40 | ST_DATA Section *bounds_section; /* contains global data bound description */
|
---|
| 41 | ST_DATA Section *lbounds_section; /* contains local data bound description */
|
---|
| 42 | #endif
|
---|
| 43 | /* symbol sections */
|
---|
| 44 | ST_DATA Section *symtab_section, *strtab_section;
|
---|
| 45 | /* debug sections */
|
---|
| 46 | ST_DATA Section *stab_section, *stabstr_section;
|
---|
| 47 | ST_DATA Sym *sym_free_first;
|
---|
| 48 | ST_DATA void **sym_pools;
|
---|
| 49 | ST_DATA int nb_sym_pools;
|
---|
| 50 |
|
---|
| 51 | ST_DATA Sym *global_stack;
|
---|
| 52 | ST_DATA Sym *local_stack;
|
---|
| 53 | ST_DATA Sym *scope_stack_bottom;
|
---|
| 54 | ST_DATA Sym *define_stack;
|
---|
| 55 | ST_DATA Sym *global_label_stack;
|
---|
| 56 | ST_DATA Sym *local_label_stack;
|
---|
| 57 |
|
---|
| 58 | ST_DATA SValue __vstack[1+VSTACK_SIZE], *vtop;
|
---|
| 59 |
|
---|
| 60 | ST_DATA int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
|
---|
| 61 | ST_DATA int nocode_wanted; /* true if no code generation wanted for an expression */
|
---|
| 62 | ST_DATA int global_expr; /* true if compound literals must be allocated globally (used during initializers parsing */
|
---|
| 63 | ST_DATA CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return instruction) */
|
---|
| 64 | ST_DATA int func_vc;
|
---|
| 65 | ST_DATA int last_line_num, last_ind, func_ind; /* debug last line number and pc */
|
---|
| 66 | ST_DATA char *funcname;
|
---|
| 67 |
|
---|
| 68 | ST_DATA CType char_pointer_type, func_old_type, int_type, size_type;
|
---|
| 69 |
|
---|
| 70 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
| 71 | static void gen_cast(CType *type);
|
---|
| 72 | static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
|
---|
| 73 | static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
|
---|
| 74 | static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
|
---|
| 75 | static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
|
---|
| 76 | static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
|
---|
| 77 | static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int first, int size_only);
|
---|
| 78 | static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym, int case_reg, int is_expr);
|
---|
| 79 | static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r, int has_init, int v, char *asm_label, int scope);
|
---|
| 80 | static int decl0(int l, int is_for_loop_init);
|
---|
| 81 | static void expr_eq(void);
|
---|
| 82 | static void unary_type(CType *type);
|
---|
| 83 | static void vla_runtime_type_size(CType *type, int *a);
|
---|
| 84 | static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
|
---|
| 85 | static void expr_type(CType *type);
|
---|
| 86 |
|
---|
| 87 | ST_INLN int is_float(int t)
|
---|
| 88 | {
|
---|
| 89 | int bt;
|
---|
| 90 | bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 91 | return bt == VT_LDOUBLE || bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_FLOAT;
|
---|
| 92 | }
|
---|
| 93 |
|
---|
| 94 | /* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
|
---|
| 95 | non standard math libs */
|
---|
| 96 | /* XXX: endianness dependent */
|
---|
| 97 | ST_FUNC int ieee_finite(double d)
|
---|
| 98 | {
|
---|
| 99 | int *p = (int *)&d;
|
---|
| 100 | return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
|
---|
| 101 | }
|
---|
| 102 |
|
---|
| 103 | ST_FUNC void test_lvalue(void)
|
---|
| 104 | {
|
---|
| 105 | if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
|
---|
| 106 | expect("lvalue");
|
---|
| 107 | }
|
---|
| 108 |
|
---|
| 109 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
| 110 | /* symbol allocator */
|
---|
| 111 | static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
|
---|
| 112 | {
|
---|
| 113 | Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
|
---|
| 114 | int i;
|
---|
| 115 |
|
---|
| 116 | sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
|
---|
| 117 | dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
|
---|
| 118 |
|
---|
| 119 | last_sym = sym_free_first;
|
---|
| 120 | sym = sym_pool;
|
---|
| 121 | for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
|
---|
| 122 | sym->next = last_sym;
|
---|
| 123 | last_sym = sym;
|
---|
| 124 | sym++;
|
---|
| 125 | }
|
---|
| 126 | sym_free_first = last_sym;
|
---|
| 127 | return last_sym;
|
---|
| 128 | }
|
---|
| 129 |
|
---|
| 130 | static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
|
---|
| 131 | {
|
---|
| 132 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
| 133 | sym = sym_free_first;
|
---|
| 134 | if (!sym)
|
---|
| 135 | sym = __sym_malloc();
|
---|
| 136 | sym_free_first = sym->next;
|
---|
| 137 | return sym;
|
---|
| 138 | }
|
---|
| 139 |
|
---|
| 140 | ST_INLN void sym_free(Sym *sym)
|
---|
| 141 | {
|
---|
| 142 | sym->next = sym_free_first;
|
---|
| 143 | tcc_free(sym->asm_label);
|
---|
| 144 | sym_free_first = sym;
|
---|
| 145 | }
|
---|
| 146 |
|
---|
| 147 | /* push, without hashing */
|
---|
| 148 | ST_FUNC Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, long c)
|
---|
| 149 | {
|
---|
| 150 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 151 | if (ps == &local_stack) {
|
---|
| 152 | for (s = *ps; s && s != scope_stack_bottom; s = s->prev)
|
---|
| 153 | if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM && s->v == v)
|
---|
| 154 | tcc_error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
| 155 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 156 | }
|
---|
| 157 | s = *ps;
|
---|
| 158 | s = sym_malloc();
|
---|
| 159 | s->asm_label = NULL;
|
---|
| 160 | s->v = v;
|
---|
| 161 | s->type.t = t;
|
---|
| 162 | s->type.ref = NULL;
|
---|
| 163 | #ifdef _WIN64
|
---|
| 164 | s->d = NULL;
|
---|
| 165 | #endif
|
---|
| 166 | s->c = c;
|
---|
| 167 | s->next = NULL;
|
---|
| 168 | /* add in stack */
|
---|
| 169 | s->prev = *ps;
|
---|
| 170 | *ps = s;
|
---|
| 171 | return s;
|
---|
| 172 | }
|
---|
| 173 |
|
---|
| 174 | /* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
|
---|
| 175 | of the symbol stack */
|
---|
| 176 | ST_FUNC Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
|
---|
| 177 | {
|
---|
| 178 | while (s) {
|
---|
| 179 | if (s->v == v)
|
---|
| 180 | return s;
|
---|
| 181 | s = s->prev;
|
---|
| 182 | }
|
---|
| 183 | return NULL;
|
---|
| 184 | }
|
---|
| 185 |
|
---|
| 186 | /* structure lookup */
|
---|
| 187 | ST_INLN Sym *struct_find(int v)
|
---|
| 188 | {
|
---|
| 189 | v -= TOK_IDENT;
|
---|
| 190 | if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
|
---|
| 191 | return NULL;
|
---|
| 192 | return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
|
---|
| 193 | }
|
---|
| 194 |
|
---|
| 195 | /* find an identifier */
|
---|
| 196 | ST_INLN Sym *sym_find(int v)
|
---|
| 197 | {
|
---|
| 198 | v -= TOK_IDENT;
|
---|
| 199 | if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
|
---|
| 200 | return NULL;
|
---|
| 201 | return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
|
---|
| 202 | }
|
---|
| 203 |
|
---|
| 204 | /* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
|
---|
| 205 | ST_FUNC Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
|
---|
| 206 | {
|
---|
| 207 | Sym *s, **ps;
|
---|
| 208 | TokenSym *ts;
|
---|
| 209 |
|
---|
| 210 | if (local_stack)
|
---|
| 211 | ps = &local_stack;
|
---|
| 212 | else
|
---|
| 213 | ps = &global_stack;
|
---|
| 214 | s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
|
---|
| 215 | s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
| 216 | s->r = r;
|
---|
| 217 | /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
|
---|
| 218 | /* XXX: simplify */
|
---|
| 219 | if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
| 220 | /* record symbol in token array */
|
---|
| 221 | ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
|
---|
| 222 | if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
|
---|
| 223 | ps = &ts->sym_struct;
|
---|
| 224 | else
|
---|
| 225 | ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
|
---|
| 226 | s->prev_tok = *ps;
|
---|
| 227 | *ps = s;
|
---|
| 228 | }
|
---|
| 229 | return s;
|
---|
| 230 | }
|
---|
| 231 |
|
---|
| 232 | /* push a global identifier */
|
---|
| 233 | ST_FUNC Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
|
---|
| 234 | {
|
---|
| 235 | Sym *s, **ps;
|
---|
| 236 | s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
|
---|
| 237 | /* don't record anonymous symbol */
|
---|
| 238 | if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
| 239 | ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
|
---|
| 240 | /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
|
---|
| 241 | sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
|
---|
| 242 | while (*ps != NULL)
|
---|
| 243 | ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
|
---|
| 244 | s->prev_tok = NULL;
|
---|
| 245 | *ps = s;
|
---|
| 246 | }
|
---|
| 247 | return s;
|
---|
| 248 | }
|
---|
| 249 |
|
---|
| 250 | /* pop symbols until top reaches 'b' */
|
---|
| 251 | ST_FUNC void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b)
|
---|
| 252 | {
|
---|
| 253 | Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
|
---|
| 254 | TokenSym *ts;
|
---|
| 255 | int v;
|
---|
| 256 |
|
---|
| 257 | s = *ptop;
|
---|
| 258 | while(s != b) {
|
---|
| 259 | ss = s->prev;
|
---|
| 260 | v = s->v;
|
---|
| 261 | /* remove symbol in token array */
|
---|
| 262 | /* XXX: simplify */
|
---|
| 263 | if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
| 264 | ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
|
---|
| 265 | if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
|
---|
| 266 | ps = &ts->sym_struct;
|
---|
| 267 | else
|
---|
| 268 | ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
|
---|
| 269 | *ps = s->prev_tok;
|
---|
| 270 | }
|
---|
| 271 | sym_free(s);
|
---|
| 272 | s = ss;
|
---|
| 273 | }
|
---|
| 274 | *ptop = b;
|
---|
| 275 | }
|
---|
| 276 |
|
---|
| 277 | static void weaken_symbol(Sym *sym)
|
---|
| 278 | {
|
---|
| 279 | sym->type.t |= VT_WEAK;
|
---|
| 280 | if (sym->c > 0) {
|
---|
| 281 | int esym_type;
|
---|
| 282 | ElfW(Sym) *esym;
|
---|
| 283 |
|
---|
| 284 | esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
|
---|
| 285 | esym_type = ELFW(ST_TYPE)(esym->st_info);
|
---|
| 286 | esym->st_info = ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_WEAK, esym_type);
|
---|
| 287 | }
|
---|
| 288 | }
|
---|
| 289 |
|
---|
| 290 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
| 291 |
|
---|
| 292 | ST_FUNC void swap(int *p, int *q)
|
---|
| 293 | {
|
---|
| 294 | int t;
|
---|
| 295 | t = *p;
|
---|
| 296 | *p = *q;
|
---|
| 297 | *q = t;
|
---|
| 298 | }
|
---|
| 299 |
|
---|
| 300 | static void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
|
---|
| 301 | {
|
---|
| 302 | int v;
|
---|
| 303 |
|
---|
| 304 | if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
|
---|
| 305 | tcc_error("memory full");
|
---|
| 306 | /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
|
---|
| 307 | avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
|
---|
| 308 | because it would complicate the code generator. */
|
---|
| 309 | if (vtop >= vstack) {
|
---|
| 310 | v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 311 | if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
|
---|
| 312 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 313 | }
|
---|
| 314 | vtop++;
|
---|
| 315 | vtop->type = *type;
|
---|
| 316 | vtop->r = r;
|
---|
| 317 | vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 318 | vtop->c = *vc;
|
---|
| 319 | }
|
---|
| 320 |
|
---|
| 321 | /* push constant of type "type" with useless value */
|
---|
| 322 | void vpush(CType *type)
|
---|
| 323 | {
|
---|
| 324 | CValue cval;
|
---|
| 325 | vsetc(type, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
---|
| 326 | }
|
---|
| 327 |
|
---|
| 328 | /* push integer constant */
|
---|
| 329 | ST_FUNC void vpushi(int v)
|
---|
| 330 | {
|
---|
| 331 | CValue cval;
|
---|
| 332 | cval.i = v;
|
---|
| 333 | vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
---|
| 334 | }
|
---|
| 335 |
|
---|
| 336 | /* push a pointer sized constant */
|
---|
| 337 | static void vpushs(long long v)
|
---|
| 338 | {
|
---|
| 339 | CValue cval;
|
---|
| 340 | if (PTR_SIZE == 4)
|
---|
| 341 | cval.i = (int)v;
|
---|
| 342 | else
|
---|
| 343 | cval.ull = v;
|
---|
| 344 | vsetc(&size_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
---|
| 345 | }
|
---|
| 346 |
|
---|
| 347 | /* push arbitrary 64bit constant */
|
---|
| 348 | void vpush64(int ty, unsigned long long v)
|
---|
| 349 | {
|
---|
| 350 | CValue cval;
|
---|
| 351 | CType ctype;
|
---|
| 352 | ctype.t = ty;
|
---|
| 353 | ctype.ref = NULL;
|
---|
| 354 | cval.ull = v;
|
---|
| 355 | vsetc(&ctype, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
---|
| 356 | }
|
---|
| 357 |
|
---|
| 358 | /* push long long constant */
|
---|
| 359 | static inline void vpushll(long long v)
|
---|
| 360 | {
|
---|
| 361 | vpush64(VT_LLONG, v);
|
---|
| 362 | }
|
---|
| 363 |
|
---|
| 364 | /* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
|
---|
| 365 | ST_FUNC Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
|
---|
| 366 | {
|
---|
| 367 | int v;
|
---|
| 368 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
| 369 |
|
---|
| 370 | v = anon_sym++;
|
---|
| 371 | sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
|
---|
| 372 | sym->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
| 373 | sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
|
---|
| 374 | put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
|
---|
| 375 | return sym;
|
---|
| 376 | }
|
---|
| 377 |
|
---|
| 378 | /* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
|
---|
| 379 | static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
|
---|
| 380 | {
|
---|
| 381 | CValue cval;
|
---|
| 382 |
|
---|
| 383 | cval.ul = 0;
|
---|
| 384 | vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
|
---|
| 385 | vtop->sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size);
|
---|
| 386 | }
|
---|
| 387 |
|
---|
| 388 | /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
|
---|
| 389 | ST_FUNC Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
|
---|
| 390 | {
|
---|
| 391 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 392 |
|
---|
| 393 | s = sym_find(v);
|
---|
| 394 | if (!s) {
|
---|
| 395 | /* push forward reference */
|
---|
| 396 | s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
|
---|
| 397 | s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
| 398 | s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
|
---|
| 399 | }
|
---|
| 400 | return s;
|
---|
| 401 | }
|
---|
| 402 |
|
---|
| 403 | /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' with alternate asm
|
---|
| 404 | name 'asm_label' of type 'u'. 'asm_label' is equal to NULL if there
|
---|
| 405 | is no alternate name (most cases) */
|
---|
| 406 | static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r, char *asm_label)
|
---|
| 407 | {
|
---|
| 408 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 409 |
|
---|
| 410 | s = sym_find(v);
|
---|
| 411 | if (!s) {
|
---|
| 412 | /* push forward reference */
|
---|
| 413 | s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
|
---|
| 414 | s->asm_label = asm_label;
|
---|
| 415 | s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
| 416 | } else if (s->type.ref == func_old_type.ref) {
|
---|
| 417 | s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
| 418 | s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
|
---|
| 419 | s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
| 420 | } else if (!is_compatible_types(&s->type, type)) {
|
---|
| 421 | tcc_error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
| 422 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 423 | }
|
---|
| 424 | return s;
|
---|
| 425 | }
|
---|
| 426 |
|
---|
| 427 | /* push a reference to global symbol v */
|
---|
| 428 | ST_FUNC void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
|
---|
| 429 | {
|
---|
| 430 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
| 431 | CValue cval;
|
---|
| 432 |
|
---|
| 433 | sym = external_global_sym(v, type, 0);
|
---|
| 434 | cval.ul = 0;
|
---|
| 435 | vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
|
---|
| 436 | vtop->sym = sym;
|
---|
| 437 | }
|
---|
| 438 |
|
---|
| 439 | ST_FUNC void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
|
---|
| 440 | {
|
---|
| 441 | CValue cval;
|
---|
| 442 |
|
---|
| 443 | cval.i = v;
|
---|
| 444 | vsetc(type, r, &cval);
|
---|
| 445 | }
|
---|
| 446 |
|
---|
| 447 | static void vseti(int r, int v)
|
---|
| 448 | {
|
---|
| 449 | CType type;
|
---|
| 450 | type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 451 | type.ref = 0;
|
---|
| 452 | vset(&type, r, v);
|
---|
| 453 | }
|
---|
| 454 |
|
---|
| 455 | ST_FUNC void vswap(void)
|
---|
| 456 | {
|
---|
| 457 | SValue tmp;
|
---|
| 458 | /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
|
---|
| 459 | avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
|
---|
| 460 | because it would complicate the code generator. */
|
---|
| 461 | if (vtop >= vstack) {
|
---|
| 462 | int v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 463 | if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
|
---|
| 464 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 465 | }
|
---|
| 466 | tmp = vtop[0];
|
---|
| 467 | vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
|
---|
| 468 | vtop[-1] = tmp;
|
---|
| 469 |
|
---|
| 470 | /* XXX: +2% overall speed possible with optimized memswap
|
---|
| 471 | *
|
---|
| 472 | * memswap(&vtop[0], &vtop[1], sizeof *vtop);
|
---|
| 473 | */
|
---|
| 474 | }
|
---|
| 475 |
|
---|
| 476 | ST_FUNC void vpushv(SValue *v)
|
---|
| 477 | {
|
---|
| 478 | if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
|
---|
| 479 | tcc_error("memory full");
|
---|
| 480 | vtop++;
|
---|
| 481 | *vtop = *v;
|
---|
| 482 | }
|
---|
| 483 |
|
---|
| 484 | static void vdup(void)
|
---|
| 485 | {
|
---|
| 486 | vpushv(vtop);
|
---|
| 487 | }
|
---|
| 488 |
|
---|
| 489 | /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
|
---|
| 490 | ST_FUNC void save_reg(int r)
|
---|
| 491 | {
|
---|
| 492 | int l, saved, size, align;
|
---|
| 493 | SValue *p, sv;
|
---|
| 494 | CType *type;
|
---|
| 495 |
|
---|
| 496 | /* modify all stack values */
|
---|
| 497 | saved = 0;
|
---|
| 498 | l = 0;
|
---|
| 499 | for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
|
---|
| 500 | if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
---|
| 501 | ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
|
---|
| 502 | /* must save value on stack if not already done */
|
---|
| 503 | if (!saved) {
|
---|
| 504 | /* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
|
---|
| 505 | r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 506 | /* store register in the stack */
|
---|
| 507 | type = &p->type;
|
---|
| 508 | if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
|
---|
| 509 | (!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
|
---|
| 510 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 511 | type = &char_pointer_type;
|
---|
| 512 | #else
|
---|
| 513 | type = &int_type;
|
---|
| 514 | #endif
|
---|
| 515 | size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
| 516 | loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
---|
| 517 | sv.type.t = type->t;
|
---|
| 518 | sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 519 | sv.c.ul = loc;
|
---|
| 520 | store(r, &sv);
|
---|
| 521 | #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
---|
| 522 | /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
|
---|
| 523 | if (r == TREG_ST0) {
|
---|
| 524 | o(0xd8dd); /* fstp %st(0) */
|
---|
| 525 | }
|
---|
| 526 | #endif
|
---|
| 527 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 528 | /* special long long case */
|
---|
| 529 | if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 530 | sv.c.ul += 4;
|
---|
| 531 | store(p->r2, &sv);
|
---|
| 532 | }
|
---|
| 533 | #endif
|
---|
| 534 | l = loc;
|
---|
| 535 | saved = 1;
|
---|
| 536 | }
|
---|
| 537 | /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
|
---|
| 538 | if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
|
---|
| 539 | /* also clear the bounded flag because the
|
---|
| 540 | relocation address of the function was stored in
|
---|
| 541 | p->c.ul */
|
---|
| 542 | p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
|
---|
| 543 | } else {
|
---|
| 544 | p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
|
---|
| 545 | }
|
---|
| 546 | p->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 547 | p->c.ul = l;
|
---|
| 548 | }
|
---|
| 549 | }
|
---|
| 550 | }
|
---|
| 551 |
|
---|
| 552 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
---|
| 553 | /* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
|
---|
| 554 | * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
|
---|
| 555 | ST_FUNC int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
|
---|
| 556 | {
|
---|
| 557 | int r;
|
---|
| 558 | SValue *p;
|
---|
| 559 |
|
---|
| 560 | for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
|
---|
| 561 | if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
|
---|
| 562 | int n;
|
---|
| 563 | n=0;
|
---|
| 564 | for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
|
---|
| 565 | if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
---|
| 566 | (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
|
---|
| 567 | n++;
|
---|
| 568 | }
|
---|
| 569 | if (n <= 1)
|
---|
| 570 | return r;
|
---|
| 571 | }
|
---|
| 572 | }
|
---|
| 573 | return get_reg(rc);
|
---|
| 574 | }
|
---|
| 575 | #endif
|
---|
| 576 |
|
---|
| 577 | /* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
|
---|
| 578 | ST_FUNC int get_reg(int rc)
|
---|
| 579 | {
|
---|
| 580 | int r;
|
---|
| 581 | SValue *p;
|
---|
| 582 |
|
---|
| 583 | /* find a free register */
|
---|
| 584 | for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
|
---|
| 585 | if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
|
---|
| 586 | for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
|
---|
| 587 | if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
---|
| 588 | (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
|
---|
| 589 | goto notfound;
|
---|
| 590 | }
|
---|
| 591 | return r;
|
---|
| 592 | }
|
---|
| 593 | notfound: ;
|
---|
| 594 | }
|
---|
| 595 |
|
---|
| 596 | /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
|
---|
| 597 | IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
|
---|
| 598 | spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
|
---|
| 599 | for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
|
---|
| 600 | /* look at second register (if long long) */
|
---|
| 601 | r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 602 | if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
|
---|
| 603 | goto save_found;
|
---|
| 604 | r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 605 | if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
|
---|
| 606 | save_found:
|
---|
| 607 | save_reg(r);
|
---|
| 608 | return r;
|
---|
| 609 | }
|
---|
| 610 | }
|
---|
| 611 | /* Should never comes here */
|
---|
| 612 | return -1;
|
---|
| 613 | }
|
---|
| 614 |
|
---|
| 615 | /* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
|
---|
| 616 | ST_FUNC void save_regs(int n)
|
---|
| 617 | {
|
---|
| 618 | int r;
|
---|
| 619 | SValue *p, *p1;
|
---|
| 620 | p1 = vtop - n;
|
---|
| 621 | for(p = vstack;p <= p1; p++) {
|
---|
| 622 | r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 623 | if (r < VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 624 | save_reg(r);
|
---|
| 625 | }
|
---|
| 626 | }
|
---|
| 627 | }
|
---|
| 628 |
|
---|
| 629 | /* move register 's' to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
|
---|
| 630 | if needed */
|
---|
| 631 | static void move_reg(int r, int s)
|
---|
| 632 | {
|
---|
| 633 | SValue sv;
|
---|
| 634 |
|
---|
| 635 | if (r != s) {
|
---|
| 636 | save_reg(r);
|
---|
| 637 | sv.type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 638 | sv.r = s;
|
---|
| 639 | sv.c.ul = 0;
|
---|
| 640 | load(r, &sv);
|
---|
| 641 | }
|
---|
| 642 | }
|
---|
| 643 |
|
---|
| 644 | /* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
|
---|
| 645 | static void gaddrof(void)
|
---|
| 646 | {
|
---|
| 647 | if (vtop->r & VT_REF)
|
---|
| 648 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 649 | vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 650 | /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
|
---|
| 651 | if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
|
---|
| 652 | vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 653 |
|
---|
| 654 |
|
---|
| 655 | }
|
---|
| 656 |
|
---|
| 657 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 658 | /* generate lvalue bound code */
|
---|
| 659 | static void gbound(void)
|
---|
| 660 | {
|
---|
| 661 | int lval_type;
|
---|
| 662 | CType type1;
|
---|
| 663 |
|
---|
| 664 | vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
---|
| 665 | /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
|
---|
| 666 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
|
---|
| 667 | /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
|
---|
| 668 | if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
|
---|
| 669 | lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
|
---|
| 670 | /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
|
---|
| 671 | type1 = vtop->type;
|
---|
| 672 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 673 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 674 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 675 | gen_bounded_ptr_add();
|
---|
| 676 | vtop->r |= lval_type;
|
---|
| 677 | vtop->type = type1;
|
---|
| 678 | }
|
---|
| 679 | /* then check for dereferencing */
|
---|
| 680 | gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
|
---|
| 681 | }
|
---|
| 682 | }
|
---|
| 683 | #endif
|
---|
| 684 |
|
---|
| 685 | /* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
|
---|
| 686 | converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
|
---|
| 687 | register value (such as structures). */
|
---|
| 688 | ST_FUNC int gv(int rc)
|
---|
| 689 | {
|
---|
| 690 | int r, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, i;
|
---|
| 691 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 692 | int rc2;
|
---|
| 693 | #endif
|
---|
| 694 |
|
---|
| 695 | /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
|
---|
| 696 | if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
| 697 | CType type;
|
---|
| 698 | int bits = 32;
|
---|
| 699 | bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
|
---|
| 700 | bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
|
---|
| 701 | /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
|
---|
| 702 | vtop->type.t &= ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
|
---|
| 703 | /* cast to int to propagate signedness in following ops */
|
---|
| 704 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 705 | type.t = VT_LLONG;
|
---|
| 706 | bits = 64;
|
---|
| 707 | } else
|
---|
| 708 | type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 709 | if((vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
| 710 | (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL)
|
---|
| 711 | type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 712 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
| 713 | /* generate shifts */
|
---|
| 714 | vpushi(bits - (bit_pos + bit_size));
|
---|
| 715 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
| 716 | vpushi(bits - bit_size);
|
---|
| 717 | /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
|
---|
| 718 | gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
| 719 | r = gv(rc);
|
---|
| 720 | } else {
|
---|
| 721 | if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
|
---|
| 722 | (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 723 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
| 724 | int *ptr;
|
---|
| 725 | unsigned long offset;
|
---|
| 726 | #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
|
---|
| 727 | CValue check;
|
---|
| 728 | #endif
|
---|
| 729 |
|
---|
| 730 | /* XXX: unify with initializers handling ? */
|
---|
| 731 | /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
|
---|
| 732 | generically in data segment */
|
---|
| 733 | size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
|
---|
| 734 | offset = (data_section->data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
|
---|
| 735 | data_section->data_offset = offset;
|
---|
| 736 | /* XXX: not portable yet */
|
---|
| 737 | #if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)
|
---|
| 738 | /* Zero pad x87 tenbyte long doubles */
|
---|
| 739 | if (size == LDOUBLE_SIZE) {
|
---|
| 740 | vtop->c.tab[2] &= 0xffff;
|
---|
| 741 | #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 16
|
---|
| 742 | vtop->c.tab[3] = 0;
|
---|
| 743 | #endif
|
---|
| 744 | }
|
---|
| 745 | #endif
|
---|
| 746 | ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, size);
|
---|
| 747 | size = size >> 2;
|
---|
| 748 | #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
|
---|
| 749 | check.d = 1;
|
---|
| 750 | if(check.tab[0])
|
---|
| 751 | for(i=0;i<size;i++)
|
---|
| 752 | ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[size-1-i];
|
---|
| 753 | else
|
---|
| 754 | #endif
|
---|
| 755 | for(i=0;i<size;i++)
|
---|
| 756 | ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[i];
|
---|
| 757 | sym = get_sym_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size << 2);
|
---|
| 758 | vtop->r |= VT_LVAL | VT_SYM;
|
---|
| 759 | vtop->sym = sym;
|
---|
| 760 | vtop->c.ul = 0;
|
---|
| 761 | }
|
---|
| 762 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 763 | if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
|
---|
| 764 | gbound();
|
---|
| 765 | #endif
|
---|
| 766 |
|
---|
| 767 | r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 768 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 769 | rc2 = RC_INT;
|
---|
| 770 | if (rc == RC_IRET)
|
---|
| 771 | rc2 = RC_LRET;
|
---|
| 772 | #endif
|
---|
| 773 | /* need to reload if:
|
---|
| 774 | - constant
|
---|
| 775 | - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
|
---|
| 776 | - already a register, but not in the right class */
|
---|
| 777 | if (r >= VT_CONST
|
---|
| 778 | || (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
|
---|
| 779 | || !(reg_classes[r] & rc)
|
---|
| 780 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 781 | || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))
|
---|
| 782 | #endif
|
---|
| 783 | )
|
---|
| 784 | {
|
---|
| 785 | r = get_reg(rc);
|
---|
| 786 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 787 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 788 | int r2;
|
---|
| 789 | unsigned long long ll;
|
---|
| 790 | /* two register type load : expand to two words
|
---|
| 791 | temporarily */
|
---|
| 792 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 793 | /* load constant */
|
---|
| 794 | ll = vtop->c.ull;
|
---|
| 795 | vtop->c.ui = ll; /* first word */
|
---|
| 796 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
| 797 | vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
|
---|
| 798 | vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
|
---|
| 799 | } else if (r >= VT_CONST || /* XXX: test to VT_CONST incorrect ? */
|
---|
| 800 | (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
|
---|
| 801 | /* We do not want to modifier the long long
|
---|
| 802 | pointer here, so the safest (and less
|
---|
| 803 | efficient) is to save all the other registers
|
---|
| 804 | in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
|
---|
| 805 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
| 806 | /* load from memory */
|
---|
| 807 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
| 808 | vdup();
|
---|
| 809 | vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
|
---|
| 810 | /* increment pointer to get second word */
|
---|
| 811 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 812 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 813 | vpushi(4);
|
---|
| 814 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
| 815 | vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 816 | } else {
|
---|
| 817 | /* move registers */
|
---|
| 818 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
| 819 | vdup();
|
---|
| 820 | vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
|
---|
| 821 | vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
---|
| 822 | }
|
---|
| 823 | /* Allocate second register. Here we rely on the fact that
|
---|
| 824 | get_reg() tries first to free r2 of an SValue. */
|
---|
| 825 | r2 = get_reg(rc2);
|
---|
| 826 | load(r2, vtop);
|
---|
| 827 | vpop();
|
---|
| 828 | /* write second register */
|
---|
| 829 | vtop->r2 = r2;
|
---|
| 830 | } else
|
---|
| 831 | #endif
|
---|
| 832 | if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
|
---|
| 833 | int t1, t;
|
---|
| 834 | /* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
|
---|
| 835 | because of possible cast */
|
---|
| 836 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
| 837 | t1 = t;
|
---|
| 838 | /* compute memory access type */
|
---|
| 839 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
|
---|
| 840 | t = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
| 841 | else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
|
---|
| 842 | t = VT_SHORT;
|
---|
| 843 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 844 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 845 | vtop->type.t = t;
|
---|
| 846 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
| 847 | /* restore wanted type */
|
---|
| 848 | vtop->type.t = t1;
|
---|
| 849 | } else {
|
---|
| 850 | /* one register type load */
|
---|
| 851 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
| 852 | }
|
---|
| 853 | }
|
---|
| 854 | vtop->r = r;
|
---|
| 855 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
|
---|
| 856 | /* uses register pairs for doubles */
|
---|
| 857 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE)
|
---|
| 858 | vtop->r2 = r+1;
|
---|
| 859 | #endif
|
---|
| 860 | }
|
---|
| 861 | return r;
|
---|
| 862 | }
|
---|
| 863 |
|
---|
| 864 | /* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
|
---|
| 865 | ST_FUNC void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
|
---|
| 866 | {
|
---|
| 867 | int v;
|
---|
| 868 |
|
---|
| 869 | /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
|
---|
| 870 | values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
|
---|
| 871 | reload errors */
|
---|
| 872 | v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 873 | if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
|
---|
| 874 | vswap();
|
---|
| 875 | gv(rc1);
|
---|
| 876 | vswap();
|
---|
| 877 | gv(rc2);
|
---|
| 878 | /* test if reload is needed for first register */
|
---|
| 879 | if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 880 | vswap();
|
---|
| 881 | gv(rc1);
|
---|
| 882 | vswap();
|
---|
| 883 | }
|
---|
| 884 | } else {
|
---|
| 885 | gv(rc2);
|
---|
| 886 | vswap();
|
---|
| 887 | gv(rc1);
|
---|
| 888 | vswap();
|
---|
| 889 | /* test if reload is needed for first register */
|
---|
| 890 | if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 891 | gv(rc2);
|
---|
| 892 | }
|
---|
| 893 | }
|
---|
| 894 | }
|
---|
| 895 |
|
---|
| 896 | /* wrapper around RC_FRET to return a register by type */
|
---|
| 897 | static int rc_fret(int t)
|
---|
| 898 | {
|
---|
| 899 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 900 | if (t == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 901 | return RC_ST0;
|
---|
| 902 | }
|
---|
| 903 | #endif
|
---|
| 904 | return RC_FRET;
|
---|
| 905 | }
|
---|
| 906 |
|
---|
| 907 | /* wrapper around REG_FRET to return a register by type */
|
---|
| 908 | static int reg_fret(int t)
|
---|
| 909 | {
|
---|
| 910 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 911 | if (t == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 912 | return TREG_ST0;
|
---|
| 913 | }
|
---|
| 914 | #endif
|
---|
| 915 | return REG_FRET;
|
---|
| 916 | }
|
---|
| 917 |
|
---|
| 918 | /* expand long long on stack in two int registers */
|
---|
| 919 | static void lexpand(void)
|
---|
| 920 | {
|
---|
| 921 | int u;
|
---|
| 922 |
|
---|
| 923 | u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 924 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 925 | vdup();
|
---|
| 926 | vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
---|
| 927 | vtop[0].r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 928 | vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 929 | vtop[0].type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
---|
| 930 | vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
---|
| 931 | }
|
---|
| 932 |
|
---|
| 933 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
---|
| 934 | /* expand long long on stack */
|
---|
| 935 | ST_FUNC void lexpand_nr(void)
|
---|
| 936 | {
|
---|
| 937 | int u,v;
|
---|
| 938 |
|
---|
| 939 | u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 940 | vdup();
|
---|
| 941 | vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 942 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
---|
| 943 | v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
|
---|
| 944 | if (v == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 945 | vtop[-1].c.ui = vtop->c.ull;
|
---|
| 946 | vtop->c.ui = vtop->c.ull >> 32;
|
---|
| 947 | vtop->r = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 948 | } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
|
---|
| 949 | vtop->c.ui += 4;
|
---|
| 950 | vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
|
---|
| 951 | } else if (v > VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 952 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 953 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 954 | } else
|
---|
| 955 | vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
---|
| 956 | vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 957 | vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
---|
| 958 | }
|
---|
| 959 | #endif
|
---|
| 960 |
|
---|
| 961 | /* build a long long from two ints */
|
---|
| 962 | static void lbuild(int t)
|
---|
| 963 | {
|
---|
| 964 | gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
|
---|
| 965 | vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
|
---|
| 966 | vtop[-1].type.t = t;
|
---|
| 967 | vpop();
|
---|
| 968 | }
|
---|
| 969 |
|
---|
| 970 | /* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
|
---|
| 971 | I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
|
---|
| 972 | */
|
---|
| 973 | ST_FUNC void vrotb(int n)
|
---|
| 974 | {
|
---|
| 975 | int i;
|
---|
| 976 | SValue tmp;
|
---|
| 977 |
|
---|
| 978 | tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
|
---|
| 979 | for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
|
---|
| 980 | vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
|
---|
| 981 | vtop[0] = tmp;
|
---|
| 982 | }
|
---|
| 983 |
|
---|
| 984 | /* rotate the n elements before entry e towards the top
|
---|
| 985 | I1 ... In ... -> In I1 ... I(n-1) ... [top is right]
|
---|
| 986 | */
|
---|
| 987 | ST_FUNC void vrote(SValue *e, int n)
|
---|
| 988 | {
|
---|
| 989 | int i;
|
---|
| 990 | SValue tmp;
|
---|
| 991 |
|
---|
| 992 | tmp = *e;
|
---|
| 993 | for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
|
---|
| 994 | e[-i] = e[-i - 1];
|
---|
| 995 | e[-n + 1] = tmp;
|
---|
| 996 | }
|
---|
| 997 |
|
---|
| 998 | /* rotate n first stack elements to the top
|
---|
| 999 | I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1) [top is right]
|
---|
| 1000 | */
|
---|
| 1001 | ST_FUNC void vrott(int n)
|
---|
| 1002 | {
|
---|
| 1003 | vrote(vtop, n);
|
---|
| 1004 | }
|
---|
| 1005 |
|
---|
| 1006 | /* pop stack value */
|
---|
| 1007 | ST_FUNC void vpop(void)
|
---|
| 1008 | {
|
---|
| 1009 | int v;
|
---|
| 1010 | v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
| 1011 | #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
---|
| 1012 | /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
|
---|
| 1013 | if (v == TREG_ST0 && !nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
| 1014 | o(0xd8dd); /* fstp %st(0) */
|
---|
| 1015 | } else
|
---|
| 1016 | #endif
|
---|
| 1017 | if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
|
---|
| 1018 | /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
|
---|
| 1019 | gsym(vtop->c.ul);
|
---|
| 1020 | }
|
---|
| 1021 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 1022 | }
|
---|
| 1023 |
|
---|
| 1024 | /* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
|
---|
| 1025 | register */
|
---|
| 1026 | static void gv_dup(void)
|
---|
| 1027 | {
|
---|
| 1028 | int rc, t, r, r1;
|
---|
| 1029 | SValue sv;
|
---|
| 1030 |
|
---|
| 1031 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
| 1032 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 1033 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 1034 | gv_dup();
|
---|
| 1035 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1036 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1037 | gv_dup();
|
---|
| 1038 | vrotb(4);
|
---|
| 1039 | /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
|
---|
| 1040 | lbuild(t);
|
---|
| 1041 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1042 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1043 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1044 | lbuild(t);
|
---|
| 1045 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1046 | } else {
|
---|
| 1047 | /* duplicate value */
|
---|
| 1048 | rc = RC_INT;
|
---|
| 1049 | sv.type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 1050 | if (is_float(t)) {
|
---|
| 1051 | rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
---|
| 1052 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 1053 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 1054 | rc = RC_ST0;
|
---|
| 1055 | }
|
---|
| 1056 | #endif
|
---|
| 1057 | sv.type.t = t;
|
---|
| 1058 | }
|
---|
| 1059 | r = gv(rc);
|
---|
| 1060 | r1 = get_reg(rc);
|
---|
| 1061 | sv.r = r;
|
---|
| 1062 | sv.c.ul = 0;
|
---|
| 1063 | load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
|
---|
| 1064 | vdup();
|
---|
| 1065 | /* duplicates value */
|
---|
| 1066 | if (r != r1)
|
---|
| 1067 | vtop->r = r1;
|
---|
| 1068 | }
|
---|
| 1069 | }
|
---|
| 1070 |
|
---|
| 1071 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 1072 | /* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
|
---|
| 1073 | static void gen_opl(int op)
|
---|
| 1074 | {
|
---|
| 1075 | int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
|
---|
| 1076 | int func;
|
---|
| 1077 | unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
|
---|
| 1078 | unsigned short reg_lret = REG_LRET;
|
---|
| 1079 | SValue tmp;
|
---|
| 1080 |
|
---|
| 1081 | switch(op) {
|
---|
| 1082 | case '/':
|
---|
| 1083 | case TOK_PDIV:
|
---|
| 1084 | func = TOK___divdi3;
|
---|
| 1085 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
| 1086 | case TOK_UDIV:
|
---|
| 1087 | func = TOK___udivdi3;
|
---|
| 1088 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
| 1089 | case '%':
|
---|
| 1090 | func = TOK___moddi3;
|
---|
| 1091 | goto gen_mod_func;
|
---|
| 1092 | case TOK_UMOD:
|
---|
| 1093 | func = TOK___umoddi3;
|
---|
| 1094 | gen_mod_func:
|
---|
| 1095 | #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
---|
| 1096 | reg_iret = TREG_R2;
|
---|
| 1097 | reg_lret = TREG_R3;
|
---|
| 1098 | #endif
|
---|
| 1099 | gen_func:
|
---|
| 1100 | /* call generic long long function */
|
---|
| 1101 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
|
---|
| 1102 | vrott(3);
|
---|
| 1103 | gfunc_call(2);
|
---|
| 1104 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 1105 | vtop->r = reg_iret;
|
---|
| 1106 | vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
|
---|
| 1107 | break;
|
---|
| 1108 | case '^':
|
---|
| 1109 | case '&':
|
---|
| 1110 | case '|':
|
---|
| 1111 | case '*':
|
---|
| 1112 | case '+':
|
---|
| 1113 | case '-':
|
---|
| 1114 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
| 1115 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1116 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 1117 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1118 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 1119 | /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
|
---|
| 1120 | tmp = vtop[0];
|
---|
| 1121 | vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
|
---|
| 1122 | vtop[-3] = tmp;
|
---|
| 1123 | tmp = vtop[-2];
|
---|
| 1124 | vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
|
---|
| 1125 | vtop[-3] = tmp;
|
---|
| 1126 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1127 | /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
|
---|
| 1128 | if (op == '*') {
|
---|
| 1129 | vpushv(vtop - 1);
|
---|
| 1130 | vpushv(vtop - 1);
|
---|
| 1131 | gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
|
---|
| 1132 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 1133 | /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
|
---|
| 1134 | for(i=0;i<4;i++)
|
---|
| 1135 | vrotb(6);
|
---|
| 1136 | /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
|
---|
| 1137 | tmp = vtop[0];
|
---|
| 1138 | vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
|
---|
| 1139 | vtop[-2] = tmp;
|
---|
| 1140 | /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
|
---|
| 1141 | gen_op('*');
|
---|
| 1142 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1143 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1144 | gen_op('*');
|
---|
| 1145 | /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
|
---|
| 1146 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
| 1147 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
| 1148 | } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
|
---|
| 1149 | /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
|
---|
| 1150 | if (op == '+')
|
---|
| 1151 | op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
|
---|
| 1152 | else
|
---|
| 1153 | op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
|
---|
| 1154 | gen_op(op1);
|
---|
| 1155 | /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
|
---|
| 1156 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1157 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1158 | gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
|
---|
| 1159 | } else {
|
---|
| 1160 | gen_op(op);
|
---|
| 1161 | /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
|
---|
| 1162 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1163 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1164 | /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
|
---|
| 1165 | gen_op(op);
|
---|
| 1166 | /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
|
---|
| 1167 | }
|
---|
| 1168 | /* stack: L H */
|
---|
| 1169 | lbuild(t);
|
---|
| 1170 | break;
|
---|
| 1171 | case TOK_SAR:
|
---|
| 1172 | case TOK_SHR:
|
---|
| 1173 | case TOK_SHL:
|
---|
| 1174 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 1175 | t = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
---|
| 1176 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1177 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 1178 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1179 | /* stack: L H shift */
|
---|
| 1180 | c = (int)vtop->c.i;
|
---|
| 1181 | /* constant: simpler */
|
---|
| 1182 | /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
|
---|
| 1183 | done by swaping words */
|
---|
| 1184 | vpop();
|
---|
| 1185 | if (op != TOK_SHL)
|
---|
| 1186 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1187 | if (c >= 32) {
|
---|
| 1188 | /* stack: L H */
|
---|
| 1189 | vpop();
|
---|
| 1190 | if (c > 32) {
|
---|
| 1191 | vpushi(c - 32);
|
---|
| 1192 | gen_op(op);
|
---|
| 1193 | }
|
---|
| 1194 | if (op != TOK_SAR) {
|
---|
| 1195 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 1196 | } else {
|
---|
| 1197 | gv_dup();
|
---|
| 1198 | vpushi(31);
|
---|
| 1199 | gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
| 1200 | }
|
---|
| 1201 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1202 | } else {
|
---|
| 1203 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1204 | gv_dup();
|
---|
| 1205 | /* stack: H L L */
|
---|
| 1206 | vpushi(c);
|
---|
| 1207 | gen_op(op);
|
---|
| 1208 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1209 | vpushi(32 - c);
|
---|
| 1210 | if (op == TOK_SHL)
|
---|
| 1211 | gen_op(TOK_SHR);
|
---|
| 1212 | else
|
---|
| 1213 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
| 1214 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1215 | /* stack: L L H */
|
---|
| 1216 | vpushi(c);
|
---|
| 1217 | if (op == TOK_SHL)
|
---|
| 1218 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
| 1219 | else
|
---|
| 1220 | gen_op(TOK_SHR);
|
---|
| 1221 | gen_op('|');
|
---|
| 1222 | }
|
---|
| 1223 | if (op != TOK_SHL)
|
---|
| 1224 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1225 | lbuild(t);
|
---|
| 1226 | } else {
|
---|
| 1227 | /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
|
---|
| 1228 | switch(op) {
|
---|
| 1229 | case TOK_SAR:
|
---|
| 1230 | func = TOK___ashrdi3;
|
---|
| 1231 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
| 1232 | case TOK_SHR:
|
---|
| 1233 | func = TOK___lshrdi3;
|
---|
| 1234 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
| 1235 | case TOK_SHL:
|
---|
| 1236 | func = TOK___ashldi3;
|
---|
| 1237 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
| 1238 | }
|
---|
| 1239 | }
|
---|
| 1240 | break;
|
---|
| 1241 | default:
|
---|
| 1242 | /* compare operations */
|
---|
| 1243 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
| 1244 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1245 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 1246 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 1247 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 1248 | /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
|
---|
| 1249 | tmp = vtop[-1];
|
---|
| 1250 | vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
|
---|
| 1251 | vtop[-2] = tmp;
|
---|
| 1252 | /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
|
---|
| 1253 | /* compare high */
|
---|
| 1254 | op1 = op;
|
---|
| 1255 | /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
|
---|
| 1256 | the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
|
---|
| 1257 | if (op1 == TOK_LT)
|
---|
| 1258 | op1 = TOK_LE;
|
---|
| 1259 | else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
|
---|
| 1260 | op1 = TOK_GE;
|
---|
| 1261 | else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
|
---|
| 1262 | op1 = TOK_ULE;
|
---|
| 1263 | else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
|
---|
| 1264 | op1 = TOK_UGE;
|
---|
| 1265 | a = 0;
|
---|
| 1266 | b = 0;
|
---|
| 1267 | gen_op(op1);
|
---|
| 1268 | if (op1 != TOK_NE) {
|
---|
| 1269 | a = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
| 1270 | }
|
---|
| 1271 | if (op != TOK_EQ) {
|
---|
| 1272 | /* generate non equal test */
|
---|
| 1273 | /* XXX: NOT PORTABLE yet */
|
---|
| 1274 | if (a == 0) {
|
---|
| 1275 | b = gtst(0, 0);
|
---|
| 1276 | } else {
|
---|
| 1277 | #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
|
---|
| 1278 | b = psym(0x850f, 0);
|
---|
| 1279 | #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
|
---|
| 1280 | b = ind;
|
---|
| 1281 | o(0x1A000000 | encbranch(ind, 0, 1));
|
---|
| 1282 | #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
|
---|
| 1283 | tcc_error("not implemented");
|
---|
| 1284 | #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_IL)
|
---|
| 1285 | tcc_error("not implemented");
|
---|
| 1286 | #else
|
---|
| 1287 | #error not supported
|
---|
| 1288 | #endif
|
---|
| 1289 | }
|
---|
| 1290 | }
|
---|
| 1291 | /* compare low. Always unsigned */
|
---|
| 1292 | op1 = op;
|
---|
| 1293 | if (op1 == TOK_LT)
|
---|
| 1294 | op1 = TOK_ULT;
|
---|
| 1295 | else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
|
---|
| 1296 | op1 = TOK_ULE;
|
---|
| 1297 | else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
|
---|
| 1298 | op1 = TOK_UGT;
|
---|
| 1299 | else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
|
---|
| 1300 | op1 = TOK_UGE;
|
---|
| 1301 | gen_op(op1);
|
---|
| 1302 | a = gtst(1, a);
|
---|
| 1303 | gsym(b);
|
---|
| 1304 | vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
|
---|
| 1305 | break;
|
---|
| 1306 | }
|
---|
| 1307 | }
|
---|
| 1308 | #endif
|
---|
| 1309 |
|
---|
| 1310 | /* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
|
---|
| 1311 | independent opt */
|
---|
| 1312 | static void gen_opic(int op)
|
---|
| 1313 | {
|
---|
| 1314 | int c1, c2, t1, t2, n;
|
---|
| 1315 | SValue *v1, *v2;
|
---|
| 1316 | long long l1, l2;
|
---|
| 1317 | typedef unsigned long long U;
|
---|
| 1318 |
|
---|
| 1319 | v1 = vtop - 1;
|
---|
| 1320 | v2 = vtop;
|
---|
| 1321 | t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 1322 | t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 1323 |
|
---|
| 1324 | if (t1 == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
| 1325 | l1 = v1->c.ll;
|
---|
| 1326 | else if (v1->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 1327 | l1 = v1->c.ui;
|
---|
| 1328 | else
|
---|
| 1329 | l1 = v1->c.i;
|
---|
| 1330 |
|
---|
| 1331 | if (t2 == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
| 1332 | l2 = v2->c.ll;
|
---|
| 1333 | else if (v2->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 1334 | l2 = v2->c.ui;
|
---|
| 1335 | else
|
---|
| 1336 | l2 = v2->c.i;
|
---|
| 1337 |
|
---|
| 1338 | /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
|
---|
| 1339 | c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 1340 | c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 1341 | if (c1 && c2) {
|
---|
| 1342 | switch(op) {
|
---|
| 1343 | case '+': l1 += l2; break;
|
---|
| 1344 | case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1345 | case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1346 | case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1347 | case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1348 | case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1349 |
|
---|
| 1350 | case TOK_PDIV:
|
---|
| 1351 | case '/':
|
---|
| 1352 | case '%':
|
---|
| 1353 | case TOK_UDIV:
|
---|
| 1354 | case TOK_UMOD:
|
---|
| 1355 | /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
|
---|
| 1356 | if (l2 == 0) {
|
---|
| 1357 | if (const_wanted)
|
---|
| 1358 | tcc_error("division by zero in constant");
|
---|
| 1359 | goto general_case;
|
---|
| 1360 | }
|
---|
| 1361 | switch(op) {
|
---|
| 1362 | default: l1 /= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1363 | case '%': l1 %= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1364 | case TOK_UDIV: l1 = (U)l1 / l2; break;
|
---|
| 1365 | case TOK_UMOD: l1 = (U)l1 % l2; break;
|
---|
| 1366 | }
|
---|
| 1367 | break;
|
---|
| 1368 | case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1369 | case TOK_SHR: l1 = (U)l1 >> l2; break;
|
---|
| 1370 | case TOK_SAR: l1 >>= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1371 | /* tests */
|
---|
| 1372 | case TOK_ULT: l1 = (U)l1 < (U)l2; break;
|
---|
| 1373 | case TOK_UGE: l1 = (U)l1 >= (U)l2; break;
|
---|
| 1374 | case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
|
---|
| 1375 | case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
|
---|
| 1376 | case TOK_ULE: l1 = (U)l1 <= (U)l2; break;
|
---|
| 1377 | case TOK_UGT: l1 = (U)l1 > (U)l2; break;
|
---|
| 1378 | case TOK_LT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
|
---|
| 1379 | case TOK_GE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1380 | case TOK_LE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
|
---|
| 1381 | case TOK_GT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
|
---|
| 1382 | /* logical */
|
---|
| 1383 | case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
|
---|
| 1384 | case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
|
---|
| 1385 | default:
|
---|
| 1386 | goto general_case;
|
---|
| 1387 | }
|
---|
| 1388 | v1->c.ll = l1;
|
---|
| 1389 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 1390 | } else {
|
---|
| 1391 | /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
|
---|
| 1392 | if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
|
---|
| 1393 | op == '|' || op == '*')) {
|
---|
| 1394 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1395 | c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
|
---|
| 1396 | l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
|
---|
| 1397 | }
|
---|
| 1398 | /* Filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
|
---|
| 1399 | if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
|
---|
| 1400 | op == TOK_PDIV) &&
|
---|
| 1401 | l2 == 1) ||
|
---|
| 1402 | ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
|
---|
| 1403 | op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
|
---|
| 1404 | l2 == 0) ||
|
---|
| 1405 | (op == '&' &&
|
---|
| 1406 | l2 == -1))) {
|
---|
| 1407 | /* nothing to do */
|
---|
| 1408 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 1409 | } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
|
---|
| 1410 | /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
|
---|
| 1411 | if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
|
---|
| 1412 | n = -1;
|
---|
| 1413 | while (l2) {
|
---|
| 1414 | l2 >>= 1;
|
---|
| 1415 | n++;
|
---|
| 1416 | }
|
---|
| 1417 | vtop->c.ll = n;
|
---|
| 1418 | if (op == '*')
|
---|
| 1419 | op = TOK_SHL;
|
---|
| 1420 | else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
|
---|
| 1421 | op = TOK_SAR;
|
---|
| 1422 | else
|
---|
| 1423 | op = TOK_SHR;
|
---|
| 1424 | }
|
---|
| 1425 | goto general_case;
|
---|
| 1426 | } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
|
---|
| 1427 | (((vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM))
|
---|
| 1428 | || (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_LOCAL)) {
|
---|
| 1429 | /* symbol + constant case */
|
---|
| 1430 | if (op == '-')
|
---|
| 1431 | l2 = -l2;
|
---|
| 1432 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 1433 | vtop->c.ll += l2;
|
---|
| 1434 | } else {
|
---|
| 1435 | general_case:
|
---|
| 1436 | if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
| 1437 | /* call low level op generator */
|
---|
| 1438 | if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
| 1439 | gen_opl(op);
|
---|
| 1440 | else
|
---|
| 1441 | gen_opi(op);
|
---|
| 1442 | } else {
|
---|
| 1443 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 1444 | }
|
---|
| 1445 | }
|
---|
| 1446 | }
|
---|
| 1447 | }
|
---|
| 1448 |
|
---|
| 1449 | /* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
|
---|
| 1450 | static void gen_opif(int op)
|
---|
| 1451 | {
|
---|
| 1452 | int c1, c2;
|
---|
| 1453 | SValue *v1, *v2;
|
---|
| 1454 | long double f1, f2;
|
---|
| 1455 |
|
---|
| 1456 | v1 = vtop - 1;
|
---|
| 1457 | v2 = vtop;
|
---|
| 1458 | /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
|
---|
| 1459 | c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 1460 | c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 1461 | if (c1 && c2) {
|
---|
| 1462 | if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
|
---|
| 1463 | f1 = v1->c.f;
|
---|
| 1464 | f2 = v2->c.f;
|
---|
| 1465 | } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 1466 | f1 = v1->c.d;
|
---|
| 1467 | f2 = v2->c.d;
|
---|
| 1468 | } else {
|
---|
| 1469 | f1 = v1->c.ld;
|
---|
| 1470 | f2 = v2->c.ld;
|
---|
| 1471 | }
|
---|
| 1472 |
|
---|
| 1473 | /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
|
---|
| 1474 | NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
|
---|
| 1475 | if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
|
---|
| 1476 | goto general_case;
|
---|
| 1477 |
|
---|
| 1478 | switch(op) {
|
---|
| 1479 | case '+': f1 += f2; break;
|
---|
| 1480 | case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
|
---|
| 1481 | case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
|
---|
| 1482 | case '/':
|
---|
| 1483 | if (f2 == 0.0) {
|
---|
| 1484 | if (const_wanted)
|
---|
| 1485 | tcc_error("division by zero in constant");
|
---|
| 1486 | goto general_case;
|
---|
| 1487 | }
|
---|
| 1488 | f1 /= f2;
|
---|
| 1489 | break;
|
---|
| 1490 | /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
|
---|
| 1491 | default:
|
---|
| 1492 | goto general_case;
|
---|
| 1493 | }
|
---|
| 1494 | /* XXX: overflow test ? */
|
---|
| 1495 | if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
|
---|
| 1496 | v1->c.f = f1;
|
---|
| 1497 | } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 1498 | v1->c.d = f1;
|
---|
| 1499 | } else {
|
---|
| 1500 | v1->c.ld = f1;
|
---|
| 1501 | }
|
---|
| 1502 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 1503 | } else {
|
---|
| 1504 | general_case:
|
---|
| 1505 | if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
| 1506 | gen_opf(op);
|
---|
| 1507 | } else {
|
---|
| 1508 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 1509 | }
|
---|
| 1510 | }
|
---|
| 1511 | }
|
---|
| 1512 |
|
---|
| 1513 | static int pointed_size(CType *type)
|
---|
| 1514 | {
|
---|
| 1515 | int align;
|
---|
| 1516 | return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
|
---|
| 1517 | }
|
---|
| 1518 |
|
---|
| 1519 | static void vla_runtime_pointed_size(CType *type)
|
---|
| 1520 | {
|
---|
| 1521 | int align;
|
---|
| 1522 | vla_runtime_type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
|
---|
| 1523 | }
|
---|
| 1524 |
|
---|
| 1525 | static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
|
---|
| 1526 | {
|
---|
| 1527 | if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
|
---|
| 1528 | return 0;
|
---|
| 1529 | return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && p->c.i == 0) ||
|
---|
| 1530 | ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.ll == 0) ||
|
---|
| 1531 | ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && p->c.ptr == 0);
|
---|
| 1532 | }
|
---|
| 1533 |
|
---|
| 1534 | static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
|
---|
| 1535 | {
|
---|
| 1536 | return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT ||
|
---|
| 1537 | bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
|
---|
| 1538 | }
|
---|
| 1539 |
|
---|
| 1540 | /* check types for comparison or substraction of pointers */
|
---|
| 1541 | static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
|
---|
| 1542 | {
|
---|
| 1543 | CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
|
---|
| 1544 | int bt1, bt2;
|
---|
| 1545 |
|
---|
| 1546 | /* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
|
---|
| 1547 | if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
|
---|
| 1548 | return;
|
---|
| 1549 | type1 = &p1->type;
|
---|
| 1550 | type2 = &p2->type;
|
---|
| 1551 | bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 1552 | bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 1553 | /* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
|
---|
| 1554 | if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
|
---|
| 1555 | if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
|
---|
| 1556 | tcc_warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
|
---|
| 1557 | return;
|
---|
| 1558 | }
|
---|
| 1559 |
|
---|
| 1560 | /* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
|
---|
| 1561 | if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 1562 | type1 = pointed_type(type1);
|
---|
| 1563 | } else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC)
|
---|
| 1564 | goto invalid_operands;
|
---|
| 1565 |
|
---|
| 1566 | if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 1567 | type2 = pointed_type(type2);
|
---|
| 1568 | } else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 1569 | invalid_operands:
|
---|
| 1570 | tcc_error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
|
---|
| 1571 | }
|
---|
| 1572 | if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
|
---|
| 1573 | (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
|
---|
| 1574 | return;
|
---|
| 1575 | tmp_type1 = *type1;
|
---|
| 1576 | tmp_type2 = *type2;
|
---|
| 1577 | tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 1578 | tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 1579 | if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
|
---|
| 1580 | /* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
|
---|
| 1581 | if (op == '-')
|
---|
| 1582 | goto invalid_operands;
|
---|
| 1583 | else
|
---|
| 1584 | tcc_warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
|
---|
| 1585 | }
|
---|
| 1586 | }
|
---|
| 1587 |
|
---|
| 1588 | /* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
|
---|
| 1589 | ST_FUNC void gen_op(int op)
|
---|
| 1590 | {
|
---|
| 1591 | int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
|
---|
| 1592 | CType type1;
|
---|
| 1593 |
|
---|
| 1594 | t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
---|
| 1595 | t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
|
---|
| 1596 | bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 1597 | bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 1598 |
|
---|
| 1599 | if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 1600 | /* at least one operand is a pointer */
|
---|
| 1601 | /* relationnal op: must be both pointers */
|
---|
| 1602 | if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
|
---|
| 1603 | check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
|
---|
| 1604 | /* pointers are handled are unsigned */
|
---|
| 1605 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 1606 | t = VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 1607 | #else
|
---|
| 1608 | t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 1609 | #endif
|
---|
| 1610 | goto std_op;
|
---|
| 1611 | }
|
---|
| 1612 | /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
|
---|
| 1613 | if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 1614 | if (op != '-')
|
---|
| 1615 | tcc_error("cannot use pointers here");
|
---|
| 1616 | check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
|
---|
| 1617 | /* XXX: check that types are compatible */
|
---|
| 1618 | if (vtop[-1].type.t & VT_VLA) {
|
---|
| 1619 | vla_runtime_pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
| 1620 | } else {
|
---|
| 1621 | vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
|
---|
| 1622 | }
|
---|
| 1623 | vrott(3);
|
---|
| 1624 | gen_opic(op);
|
---|
| 1625 | /* set to integer type */
|
---|
| 1626 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 1627 | vtop->type.t = VT_LLONG;
|
---|
| 1628 | #else
|
---|
| 1629 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 1630 | #endif
|
---|
| 1631 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1632 | gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
|
---|
| 1633 | } else {
|
---|
| 1634 | /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
|
---|
| 1635 | if (op != '-' && op != '+')
|
---|
| 1636 | tcc_error("cannot use pointers here");
|
---|
| 1637 | /* Put pointer as first operand */
|
---|
| 1638 | if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 1639 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1640 | swap(&t1, &t2);
|
---|
| 1641 | }
|
---|
| 1642 | type1 = vtop[-1].type;
|
---|
| 1643 | type1.t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
|
---|
| 1644 | if (vtop[-1].type.t & VT_VLA)
|
---|
| 1645 | vla_runtime_pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
| 1646 | else {
|
---|
| 1647 | u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
| 1648 | if (u < 0)
|
---|
| 1649 | tcc_error("unknown array element size");
|
---|
| 1650 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 1651 | vpushll(u);
|
---|
| 1652 | #else
|
---|
| 1653 | /* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
|
---|
| 1654 | vpushi(u);
|
---|
| 1655 | #endif
|
---|
| 1656 | }
|
---|
| 1657 | gen_op('*');
|
---|
| 1658 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 1659 | /* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
|
---|
| 1660 | generated, so no bound check */
|
---|
| 1661 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
|
---|
| 1662 | /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
|
---|
| 1663 | test bounds */
|
---|
| 1664 | if (op == '-') {
|
---|
| 1665 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 1666 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1667 | gen_op('-');
|
---|
| 1668 | }
|
---|
| 1669 | gen_bounded_ptr_add();
|
---|
| 1670 | } else
|
---|
| 1671 | #endif
|
---|
| 1672 | {
|
---|
| 1673 | gen_opic(op);
|
---|
| 1674 | }
|
---|
| 1675 | /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
|
---|
| 1676 | vtop->type = type1;
|
---|
| 1677 | }
|
---|
| 1678 | } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
|
---|
| 1679 | /* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
|
---|
| 1680 | if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 1681 | t = VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
| 1682 | } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 1683 | t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
| 1684 | } else {
|
---|
| 1685 | t = VT_FLOAT;
|
---|
| 1686 | }
|
---|
| 1687 | /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
|
---|
| 1688 | if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
|
---|
| 1689 | (op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
|
---|
| 1690 | tcc_error("invalid operands for binary operation");
|
---|
| 1691 | goto std_op;
|
---|
| 1692 | } else if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL) {
|
---|
| 1693 | t = bt1 == VT_LLONG ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT;
|
---|
| 1694 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (t | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
| 1695 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 1696 | goto std_op;
|
---|
| 1697 | } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 1698 | /* cast to biggest op */
|
---|
| 1699 | t = VT_LLONG;
|
---|
| 1700 | /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
|
---|
| 1701 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
| 1702 | (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
| 1703 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 1704 | goto std_op;
|
---|
| 1705 | } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 1706 | tcc_error("comparison of struct");
|
---|
| 1707 | } else {
|
---|
| 1708 | /* integer operations */
|
---|
| 1709 | t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 1710 | /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
|
---|
| 1711 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
| 1712 | (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
| 1713 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 1714 | std_op:
|
---|
| 1715 | /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
|
---|
| 1716 | we modify them here */
|
---|
| 1717 | if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
|
---|
| 1718 | if (op == TOK_SAR)
|
---|
| 1719 | op = TOK_SHR;
|
---|
| 1720 | else if (op == '/')
|
---|
| 1721 | op = TOK_UDIV;
|
---|
| 1722 | else if (op == '%')
|
---|
| 1723 | op = TOK_UMOD;
|
---|
| 1724 | else if (op == TOK_LT)
|
---|
| 1725 | op = TOK_ULT;
|
---|
| 1726 | else if (op == TOK_GT)
|
---|
| 1727 | op = TOK_UGT;
|
---|
| 1728 | else if (op == TOK_LE)
|
---|
| 1729 | op = TOK_ULE;
|
---|
| 1730 | else if (op == TOK_GE)
|
---|
| 1731 | op = TOK_UGE;
|
---|
| 1732 | }
|
---|
| 1733 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1734 | type1.t = t;
|
---|
| 1735 | gen_cast(&type1);
|
---|
| 1736 | vswap();
|
---|
| 1737 | /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
|
---|
| 1738 | an integer */
|
---|
| 1739 | if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
|
---|
| 1740 | type1.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 1741 | gen_cast(&type1);
|
---|
| 1742 | if (is_float(t))
|
---|
| 1743 | gen_opif(op);
|
---|
| 1744 | else
|
---|
| 1745 | gen_opic(op);
|
---|
| 1746 | if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
|
---|
| 1747 | /* relationnal op: the result is an int */
|
---|
| 1748 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 1749 | } else {
|
---|
| 1750 | vtop->type.t = t;
|
---|
| 1751 | }
|
---|
| 1752 | }
|
---|
| 1753 | }
|
---|
| 1754 |
|
---|
| 1755 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
---|
| 1756 | /* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
|
---|
| 1757 | static void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
|
---|
| 1758 | {
|
---|
| 1759 | if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
|
---|
| 1760 | (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
| 1761 |
|
---|
| 1762 | if (t == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
| 1763 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundisf);
|
---|
| 1764 | #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
|
---|
| 1765 | else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
|
---|
| 1766 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundixf);
|
---|
| 1767 | #endif
|
---|
| 1768 | else
|
---|
| 1769 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundidf);
|
---|
| 1770 | vrott(2);
|
---|
| 1771 | gfunc_call(1);
|
---|
| 1772 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 1773 | vtop->r = reg_fret(t);
|
---|
| 1774 | } else {
|
---|
| 1775 | gen_cvt_itof(t);
|
---|
| 1776 | }
|
---|
| 1777 | }
|
---|
| 1778 | #endif
|
---|
| 1779 |
|
---|
| 1780 | /* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
|
---|
| 1781 | static void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
|
---|
| 1782 | {
|
---|
| 1783 | int st;
|
---|
| 1784 |
|
---|
| 1785 | if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
| 1786 | /* not handled natively */
|
---|
| 1787 | st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 1788 | if (st == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
| 1789 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
|
---|
| 1790 | #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
|
---|
| 1791 | else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
|
---|
| 1792 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
|
---|
| 1793 | #endif
|
---|
| 1794 | else
|
---|
| 1795 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
|
---|
| 1796 | vrott(2);
|
---|
| 1797 | gfunc_call(1);
|
---|
| 1798 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 1799 | vtop->r = REG_IRET;
|
---|
| 1800 | vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
|
---|
| 1801 | } else {
|
---|
| 1802 | gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
|
---|
| 1803 | }
|
---|
| 1804 | }
|
---|
| 1805 |
|
---|
| 1806 | /* force char or short cast */
|
---|
| 1807 | static void force_charshort_cast(int t)
|
---|
| 1808 | {
|
---|
| 1809 | int bits, dbt;
|
---|
| 1810 | dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 1811 | /* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
|
---|
| 1812 | if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
|
---|
| 1813 | bits = 8;
|
---|
| 1814 | else
|
---|
| 1815 | bits = 16;
|
---|
| 1816 | if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
|
---|
| 1817 | vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
|
---|
| 1818 | gen_op('&');
|
---|
| 1819 | } else {
|
---|
| 1820 | bits = 32 - bits;
|
---|
| 1821 | vpushi(bits);
|
---|
| 1822 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
| 1823 | /* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
|
---|
| 1824 | This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
|
---|
| 1825 | and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
|
---|
| 1826 | vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 1827 | vpushi(bits);
|
---|
| 1828 | gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
| 1829 | }
|
---|
| 1830 | }
|
---|
| 1831 |
|
---|
| 1832 | /* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
|
---|
| 1833 | static void gen_cast(CType *type)
|
---|
| 1834 | {
|
---|
| 1835 | int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c, p;
|
---|
| 1836 |
|
---|
| 1837 | /* special delayed cast for char/short */
|
---|
| 1838 | /* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
|
---|
| 1839 | be incorrect */
|
---|
| 1840 | if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
|
---|
| 1841 | vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
|
---|
| 1842 | force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
| 1843 | }
|
---|
| 1844 |
|
---|
| 1845 | /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
|
---|
| 1846 | if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
| 1847 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 1848 | }
|
---|
| 1849 |
|
---|
| 1850 | dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
| 1851 | sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
| 1852 |
|
---|
| 1853 | if (sbt != dbt) {
|
---|
| 1854 | sf = is_float(sbt);
|
---|
| 1855 | df = is_float(dbt);
|
---|
| 1856 | c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 1857 | p = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM);
|
---|
| 1858 | if (c) {
|
---|
| 1859 | /* constant case: we can do it now */
|
---|
| 1860 | /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
|
---|
| 1861 | if (sbt == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
| 1862 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.f;
|
---|
| 1863 | else if (sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
|
---|
| 1864 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.d;
|
---|
| 1865 |
|
---|
| 1866 | if (df) {
|
---|
| 1867 | if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 1868 | if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 1869 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ull;
|
---|
| 1870 | else
|
---|
| 1871 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ll;
|
---|
| 1872 | } else if(!sf) {
|
---|
| 1873 | if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 1874 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ui;
|
---|
| 1875 | else
|
---|
| 1876 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
| 1877 | }
|
---|
| 1878 |
|
---|
| 1879 | if (dbt == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
| 1880 | vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
| 1881 | else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE)
|
---|
| 1882 | vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
| 1883 | } else if (sf && dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
| 1884 | vtop->c.ull = (unsigned long long)vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
| 1885 | } else if (sf && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
| 1886 | vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ld != 0);
|
---|
| 1887 | } else {
|
---|
| 1888 | if(sf)
|
---|
| 1889 | vtop->c.ll = (long long)vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
| 1890 | else if (sbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
| 1891 | vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ull;
|
---|
| 1892 | else if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 1893 | vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ui;
|
---|
| 1894 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 1895 | else if (sbt == VT_PTR)
|
---|
| 1896 | ;
|
---|
| 1897 | #endif
|
---|
| 1898 | else if (sbt != VT_LLONG)
|
---|
| 1899 | vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
| 1900 |
|
---|
| 1901 | if (dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
| 1902 | vtop->c.ull = vtop->c.ll;
|
---|
| 1903 | else if (dbt == VT_BOOL)
|
---|
| 1904 | vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ll != 0);
|
---|
| 1905 | else if (dbt != VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 1906 | int s = 0;
|
---|
| 1907 | if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)
|
---|
| 1908 | s = 24;
|
---|
| 1909 | else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT)
|
---|
| 1910 | s = 16;
|
---|
| 1911 |
|
---|
| 1912 | if(dbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 1913 | vtop->c.ui = ((unsigned int)vtop->c.ll << s) >> s;
|
---|
| 1914 | else
|
---|
| 1915 | vtop->c.i = ((int)vtop->c.ll << s) >> s;
|
---|
| 1916 | }
|
---|
| 1917 | }
|
---|
| 1918 | } else if (p && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
| 1919 | vtop->r = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 1920 | vtop->c.i = 1;
|
---|
| 1921 | } else if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
| 1922 | /* non constant case: generate code */
|
---|
| 1923 | if (sf && df) {
|
---|
| 1924 | /* convert from fp to fp */
|
---|
| 1925 | gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
|
---|
| 1926 | } else if (df) {
|
---|
| 1927 | /* convert int to fp */
|
---|
| 1928 | gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
|
---|
| 1929 | } else if (sf) {
|
---|
| 1930 | /* convert fp to int */
|
---|
| 1931 | if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
| 1932 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 1933 | gen_op(TOK_NE);
|
---|
| 1934 | } else {
|
---|
| 1935 | /* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
|
---|
| 1936 | if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
|
---|
| 1937 | dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
|
---|
| 1938 | dbt != VT_LLONG)
|
---|
| 1939 | dbt = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 1940 | gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
|
---|
| 1941 | if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
|
---|
| 1942 | /* additional cast for char/short... */
|
---|
| 1943 | vtop->type.t = dbt;
|
---|
| 1944 | gen_cast(type);
|
---|
| 1945 | }
|
---|
| 1946 | }
|
---|
| 1947 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 1948 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 1949 | if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 1950 | /* scalar to long long */
|
---|
| 1951 | /* machine independent conversion */
|
---|
| 1952 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 1953 | /* generate high word */
|
---|
| 1954 | if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
| 1955 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 1956 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 1957 | } else {
|
---|
| 1958 | if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 1959 | /* cast from pointer to int before we apply
|
---|
| 1960 | shift operation, which pointers don't support*/
|
---|
| 1961 | gen_cast(&int_type);
|
---|
| 1962 | }
|
---|
| 1963 | gv_dup();
|
---|
| 1964 | vpushi(31);
|
---|
| 1965 | gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
| 1966 | }
|
---|
| 1967 | /* patch second register */
|
---|
| 1968 | vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
|
---|
| 1969 | vpop();
|
---|
| 1970 | }
|
---|
| 1971 | #else
|
---|
| 1972 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ||
|
---|
| 1973 | (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR ||
|
---|
| 1974 | (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 1975 | if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG &&
|
---|
| 1976 | (sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR &&
|
---|
| 1977 | (sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 1978 | /* need to convert from 32bit to 64bit */
|
---|
| 1979 | int r = gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 1980 | if (sbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
| 1981 | /* x86_64 specific: movslq */
|
---|
| 1982 | o(0x6348);
|
---|
| 1983 | o(0xc0 + (REG_VALUE(r) << 3) + REG_VALUE(r));
|
---|
| 1984 | }
|
---|
| 1985 | }
|
---|
| 1986 | #endif
|
---|
| 1987 | } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
| 1988 | /* scalar to bool */
|
---|
| 1989 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 1990 | gen_op(TOK_NE);
|
---|
| 1991 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ||
|
---|
| 1992 | (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
|
---|
| 1993 | if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 1994 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 1995 | tcc_warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
|
---|
| 1996 | }
|
---|
| 1997 | force_charshort_cast(dbt);
|
---|
| 1998 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
|
---|
| 1999 | /* scalar to int */
|
---|
| 2000 | if (sbt == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 2001 | /* from long long: just take low order word */
|
---|
| 2002 | lexpand();
|
---|
| 2003 | vpop();
|
---|
| 2004 | }
|
---|
| 2005 | /* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
|
---|
| 2006 | the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
|
---|
| 2007 | VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
|
---|
| 2008 | }
|
---|
| 2009 | }
|
---|
| 2010 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
|
---|
| 2011 | /* if we are casting between pointer types,
|
---|
| 2012 | we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
|
---|
| 2013 | vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
|
---|
| 2014 | | (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
|
---|
| 2015 | }
|
---|
| 2016 | vtop->type = *type;
|
---|
| 2017 | }
|
---|
| 2018 |
|
---|
| 2019 | /* return type size as known at compile time. Put alignment at 'a' */
|
---|
| 2020 | ST_FUNC int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
|
---|
| 2021 | {
|
---|
| 2022 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 2023 | int bt;
|
---|
| 2024 |
|
---|
| 2025 | bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 2026 | if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 2027 | /* struct/union */
|
---|
| 2028 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
| 2029 | *a = s->r;
|
---|
| 2030 | return s->c;
|
---|
| 2031 | } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 2032 | if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
| 2033 | int ts;
|
---|
| 2034 |
|
---|
| 2035 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
| 2036 | ts = type_size(&s->type, a);
|
---|
| 2037 |
|
---|
| 2038 | if (ts < 0 && s->c < 0)
|
---|
| 2039 | ts = -ts;
|
---|
| 2040 |
|
---|
| 2041 | return ts * s->c;
|
---|
| 2042 | } else {
|
---|
| 2043 | *a = PTR_SIZE;
|
---|
| 2044 | return PTR_SIZE;
|
---|
| 2045 | }
|
---|
| 2046 | } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 2047 | *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
|
---|
| 2048 | return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
|
---|
| 2049 | } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 2050 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
|
---|
| 2051 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
| 2052 | *a = 8;
|
---|
| 2053 | #else
|
---|
| 2054 | *a = 4;
|
---|
| 2055 | #endif
|
---|
| 2056 | #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
|
---|
| 2057 | #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
---|
| 2058 | *a = 8;
|
---|
| 2059 | #else
|
---|
| 2060 | *a = 4;
|
---|
| 2061 | #endif
|
---|
| 2062 | #else
|
---|
| 2063 | *a = 8;
|
---|
| 2064 | #endif
|
---|
| 2065 | return 8;
|
---|
| 2066 | } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_ENUM || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
|
---|
| 2067 | *a = 4;
|
---|
| 2068 | return 4;
|
---|
| 2069 | } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
|
---|
| 2070 | *a = 2;
|
---|
| 2071 | return 2;
|
---|
| 2072 | } else {
|
---|
| 2073 | /* char, void, function, _Bool */
|
---|
| 2074 | *a = 1;
|
---|
| 2075 | return 1;
|
---|
| 2076 | }
|
---|
| 2077 | }
|
---|
| 2078 |
|
---|
| 2079 | /* push type size as known at runtime time on top of value stack. Put
|
---|
| 2080 | alignment at 'a' */
|
---|
| 2081 | ST_FUNC void vla_runtime_type_size(CType *type, int *a)
|
---|
| 2082 | {
|
---|
| 2083 | if (type->t & VT_VLA) {
|
---|
| 2084 | vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, type->ref->c);
|
---|
| 2085 | } else {
|
---|
| 2086 | vpushi(type_size(type, a));
|
---|
| 2087 | }
|
---|
| 2088 | }
|
---|
| 2089 |
|
---|
| 2090 | /* return the pointed type of t */
|
---|
| 2091 | static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
|
---|
| 2092 | {
|
---|
| 2093 | return &type->ref->type;
|
---|
| 2094 | }
|
---|
| 2095 |
|
---|
| 2096 | /* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
|
---|
| 2097 | ST_FUNC void mk_pointer(CType *type)
|
---|
| 2098 | {
|
---|
| 2099 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 2100 | s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
|
---|
| 2101 | type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
|
---|
| 2102 | type->ref = s;
|
---|
| 2103 | }
|
---|
| 2104 |
|
---|
| 2105 | /* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
|
---|
| 2106 | static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
---|
| 2107 | {
|
---|
| 2108 | Sym *s1, *s2;
|
---|
| 2109 |
|
---|
| 2110 | s1 = type1->ref;
|
---|
| 2111 | s2 = type2->ref;
|
---|
| 2112 | if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
|
---|
| 2113 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2114 | /* check func_call */
|
---|
| 2115 | if (FUNC_CALL(s1->r) != FUNC_CALL(s2->r))
|
---|
| 2116 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2117 | /* XXX: not complete */
|
---|
| 2118 | if (s1->c == FUNC_OLD || s2->c == FUNC_OLD)
|
---|
| 2119 | return 1;
|
---|
| 2120 | if (s1->c != s2->c)
|
---|
| 2121 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2122 | while (s1 != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2123 | if (s2 == NULL)
|
---|
| 2124 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2125 | if (!is_compatible_parameter_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
|
---|
| 2126 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2127 | s1 = s1->next;
|
---|
| 2128 | s2 = s2->next;
|
---|
| 2129 | }
|
---|
| 2130 | if (s2)
|
---|
| 2131 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2132 | return 1;
|
---|
| 2133 | }
|
---|
| 2134 |
|
---|
| 2135 | /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same. If unqualified is
|
---|
| 2136 | true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
|
---|
| 2137 |
|
---|
| 2138 | - enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p ()
|
---|
| 2139 | */
|
---|
| 2140 | static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
|
---|
| 2141 | {
|
---|
| 2142 | int bt1, t1, t2;
|
---|
| 2143 |
|
---|
| 2144 | t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
|
---|
| 2145 | t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
|
---|
| 2146 | if (unqualified) {
|
---|
| 2147 | /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
|
---|
| 2148 | t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 2149 | t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 2150 | }
|
---|
| 2151 | /* XXX: bitfields ? */
|
---|
| 2152 | if (t1 != t2)
|
---|
| 2153 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2154 | /* test more complicated cases */
|
---|
| 2155 | bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 2156 | if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 2157 | type1 = pointed_type(type1);
|
---|
| 2158 | type2 = pointed_type(type2);
|
---|
| 2159 | return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
|
---|
| 2160 | } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 2161 | return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
|
---|
| 2162 | } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 2163 | return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
|
---|
| 2164 | } else {
|
---|
| 2165 | return 1;
|
---|
| 2166 | }
|
---|
| 2167 | }
|
---|
| 2168 |
|
---|
| 2169 | /* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
|
---|
| 2170 | qualifiers).
|
---|
| 2171 | */
|
---|
| 2172 | static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
---|
| 2173 | {
|
---|
| 2174 | return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
|
---|
| 2175 | }
|
---|
| 2176 |
|
---|
| 2177 | /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
|
---|
| 2178 | */
|
---|
| 2179 | static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
---|
| 2180 | {
|
---|
| 2181 | return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
|
---|
| 2182 | }
|
---|
| 2183 |
|
---|
| 2184 | /* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
|
---|
| 2185 | printed in the type */
|
---|
| 2186 | /* XXX: union */
|
---|
| 2187 | /* XXX: add array and function pointers */
|
---|
| 2188 | static void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
---|
| 2189 | CType *type, const char *varstr)
|
---|
| 2190 | {
|
---|
| 2191 | int bt, v, t;
|
---|
| 2192 | Sym *s, *sa;
|
---|
| 2193 | char buf1[256];
|
---|
| 2194 | const char *tstr;
|
---|
| 2195 |
|
---|
| 2196 | t = type->t & VT_TYPE;
|
---|
| 2197 | bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 2198 | buf[0] = '\0';
|
---|
| 2199 | if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
|
---|
| 2200 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
|
---|
| 2201 | if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
|
---|
| 2202 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
|
---|
| 2203 | if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 2204 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "unsigned ");
|
---|
| 2205 | switch(bt) {
|
---|
| 2206 | case VT_VOID:
|
---|
| 2207 | tstr = "void";
|
---|
| 2208 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2209 | case VT_BOOL:
|
---|
| 2210 | tstr = "_Bool";
|
---|
| 2211 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2212 | case VT_BYTE:
|
---|
| 2213 | tstr = "char";
|
---|
| 2214 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2215 | case VT_SHORT:
|
---|
| 2216 | tstr = "short";
|
---|
| 2217 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2218 | case VT_INT:
|
---|
| 2219 | tstr = "int";
|
---|
| 2220 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2221 | case VT_LONG:
|
---|
| 2222 | tstr = "long";
|
---|
| 2223 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2224 | case VT_LLONG:
|
---|
| 2225 | tstr = "long long";
|
---|
| 2226 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2227 | case VT_FLOAT:
|
---|
| 2228 | tstr = "float";
|
---|
| 2229 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2230 | case VT_DOUBLE:
|
---|
| 2231 | tstr = "double";
|
---|
| 2232 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
| 2233 | case VT_LDOUBLE:
|
---|
| 2234 | tstr = "long double";
|
---|
| 2235 | add_tstr:
|
---|
| 2236 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
|
---|
| 2237 | break;
|
---|
| 2238 | case VT_ENUM:
|
---|
| 2239 | case VT_STRUCT:
|
---|
| 2240 | if (bt == VT_STRUCT)
|
---|
| 2241 | tstr = "struct ";
|
---|
| 2242 | else
|
---|
| 2243 | tstr = "enum ";
|
---|
| 2244 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
|
---|
| 2245 | v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
|
---|
| 2246 | if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
|
---|
| 2247 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
|
---|
| 2248 | else
|
---|
| 2249 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 2250 | break;
|
---|
| 2251 | case VT_FUNC:
|
---|
| 2252 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
| 2253 | type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
|
---|
| 2254 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
|
---|
| 2255 | sa = s->next;
|
---|
| 2256 | while (sa != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2257 | type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
|
---|
| 2258 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
|
---|
| 2259 | sa = sa->next;
|
---|
| 2260 | if (sa)
|
---|
| 2261 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
|
---|
| 2262 | }
|
---|
| 2263 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
|
---|
| 2264 | goto no_var;
|
---|
| 2265 | case VT_PTR:
|
---|
| 2266 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
| 2267 | pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
|
---|
| 2268 | if (varstr)
|
---|
| 2269 | pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
|
---|
| 2270 | type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
|
---|
| 2271 | goto no_var;
|
---|
| 2272 | }
|
---|
| 2273 | if (varstr) {
|
---|
| 2274 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
|
---|
| 2275 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
|
---|
| 2276 | }
|
---|
| 2277 | no_var: ;
|
---|
| 2278 | }
|
---|
| 2279 |
|
---|
| 2280 | /* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
|
---|
| 2281 | casts if needed. */
|
---|
| 2282 | static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
|
---|
| 2283 | {
|
---|
| 2284 | CType *st, *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
|
---|
| 2285 | char buf1[256], buf2[256];
|
---|
| 2286 | int dbt, sbt;
|
---|
| 2287 |
|
---|
| 2288 | st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
|
---|
| 2289 | dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 2290 | sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 2291 | if (sbt == VT_VOID)
|
---|
| 2292 | tcc_error("Cannot assign void value");
|
---|
| 2293 | if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
|
---|
| 2294 | tcc_warning("assignment of read-only location");
|
---|
| 2295 | switch(dbt) {
|
---|
| 2296 | case VT_PTR:
|
---|
| 2297 | /* special cases for pointers */
|
---|
| 2298 | /* '0' can also be a pointer */
|
---|
| 2299 | if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
|
---|
| 2300 | goto type_ok;
|
---|
| 2301 | /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
|
---|
| 2302 | if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
|
---|
| 2303 | tcc_warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
|
---|
| 2304 | goto type_ok;
|
---|
| 2305 | }
|
---|
| 2306 | type1 = pointed_type(dt);
|
---|
| 2307 | /* a function is implicitely a function pointer */
|
---|
| 2308 | if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 2309 | if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
|
---|
| 2310 | !is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
|
---|
| 2311 | tcc_warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
|
---|
| 2312 | goto type_ok;
|
---|
| 2313 | }
|
---|
| 2314 | if (sbt != VT_PTR)
|
---|
| 2315 | goto error;
|
---|
| 2316 | type2 = pointed_type(st);
|
---|
| 2317 | if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
|
---|
| 2318 | (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
|
---|
| 2319 | /* void * can match anything */
|
---|
| 2320 | } else {
|
---|
| 2321 | /* exact type match, except for unsigned */
|
---|
| 2322 | tmp_type1 = *type1;
|
---|
| 2323 | tmp_type2 = *type2;
|
---|
| 2324 | tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 2325 | tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 2326 | if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2))
|
---|
| 2327 | tcc_warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
|
---|
| 2328 | }
|
---|
| 2329 | /* check const and volatile */
|
---|
| 2330 | if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
|
---|
| 2331 | (!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
|
---|
| 2332 | tcc_warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
|
---|
| 2333 | break;
|
---|
| 2334 | case VT_BYTE:
|
---|
| 2335 | case VT_SHORT:
|
---|
| 2336 | case VT_INT:
|
---|
| 2337 | case VT_LLONG:
|
---|
| 2338 | if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 2339 | tcc_warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
|
---|
| 2340 | }
|
---|
| 2341 | /* XXX: more tests */
|
---|
| 2342 | break;
|
---|
| 2343 | case VT_STRUCT:
|
---|
| 2344 | tmp_type1 = *dt;
|
---|
| 2345 | tmp_type2 = *st;
|
---|
| 2346 | tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 2347 | tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 2348 | if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
|
---|
| 2349 | error:
|
---|
| 2350 | type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
|
---|
| 2351 | type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
|
---|
| 2352 | tcc_error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
|
---|
| 2353 | }
|
---|
| 2354 | break;
|
---|
| 2355 | }
|
---|
| 2356 | type_ok:
|
---|
| 2357 | gen_cast(dt);
|
---|
| 2358 | }
|
---|
| 2359 |
|
---|
| 2360 | /* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
|
---|
| 2361 | ST_FUNC void vstore(void)
|
---|
| 2362 | {
|
---|
| 2363 | int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
|
---|
| 2364 |
|
---|
| 2365 | ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
---|
| 2366 | sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 2367 | dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 2368 | if ((((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
|
---|
| 2369 | (sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT))
|
---|
| 2370 | && !(vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
|
---|
| 2371 | /* optimize char/short casts */
|
---|
| 2372 | delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
|
---|
| 2373 | vtop->type.t = ft & (VT_TYPE & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT)));
|
---|
| 2374 | /* XXX: factorize */
|
---|
| 2375 | if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
|
---|
| 2376 | tcc_warning("assignment of read-only location");
|
---|
| 2377 | } else {
|
---|
| 2378 | delayed_cast = 0;
|
---|
| 2379 | if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
|
---|
| 2380 | gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
| 2381 | }
|
---|
| 2382 |
|
---|
| 2383 | if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 2384 | /* if structure, only generate pointer */
|
---|
| 2385 | /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
|
---|
| 2386 | /* XXX: optimize if small size */
|
---|
| 2387 | if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
| 2388 | size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
|
---|
| 2389 |
|
---|
| 2390 | /* destination */
|
---|
| 2391 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2392 | vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
|
---|
| 2393 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 2394 |
|
---|
| 2395 | /* address of memcpy() */
|
---|
| 2396 | #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
---|
| 2397 | if(!(align & 7))
|
---|
| 2398 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
|
---|
| 2399 | else if(!(align & 3))
|
---|
| 2400 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
|
---|
| 2401 | else
|
---|
| 2402 | #endif
|
---|
| 2403 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy);
|
---|
| 2404 |
|
---|
| 2405 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2406 | /* source */
|
---|
| 2407 | vpushv(vtop - 2);
|
---|
| 2408 | vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
|
---|
| 2409 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 2410 | /* type size */
|
---|
| 2411 | vpushi(size);
|
---|
| 2412 | gfunc_call(3);
|
---|
| 2413 | } else {
|
---|
| 2414 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2415 | vpop();
|
---|
| 2416 | }
|
---|
| 2417 | /* leave source on stack */
|
---|
| 2418 | } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
| 2419 | /* bitfield store handling */
|
---|
| 2420 | bit_pos = (ft >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
|
---|
| 2421 | bit_size = (ft >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
|
---|
| 2422 | /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
|
---|
| 2423 | vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
|
---|
| 2424 |
|
---|
| 2425 | /* duplicate source into other register */
|
---|
| 2426 | gv_dup();
|
---|
| 2427 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2428 | vrott(3);
|
---|
| 2429 |
|
---|
| 2430 | if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
| 2431 | gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
| 2432 | vtop[-1].type.t = (vtop[-1].type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | (VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
| 2433 | }
|
---|
| 2434 |
|
---|
| 2435 | /* duplicate destination */
|
---|
| 2436 | vdup();
|
---|
| 2437 | vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
|
---|
| 2438 |
|
---|
| 2439 | /* mask and shift source */
|
---|
| 2440 | if((ft & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
| 2441 | if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 2442 | vpushll((1ULL << bit_size) - 1ULL);
|
---|
| 2443 | } else {
|
---|
| 2444 | vpushi((1 << bit_size) - 1);
|
---|
| 2445 | }
|
---|
| 2446 | gen_op('&');
|
---|
| 2447 | }
|
---|
| 2448 | vpushi(bit_pos);
|
---|
| 2449 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
| 2450 | /* load destination, mask and or with source */
|
---|
| 2451 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2452 | if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 2453 | vpushll(~(((1ULL << bit_size) - 1ULL) << bit_pos));
|
---|
| 2454 | } else {
|
---|
| 2455 | vpushi(~(((1 << bit_size) - 1) << bit_pos));
|
---|
| 2456 | }
|
---|
| 2457 | gen_op('&');
|
---|
| 2458 | gen_op('|');
|
---|
| 2459 | /* store result */
|
---|
| 2460 | vstore();
|
---|
| 2461 |
|
---|
| 2462 | /* pop off shifted source from "duplicate source..." above */
|
---|
| 2463 | vpop();
|
---|
| 2464 |
|
---|
| 2465 | } else {
|
---|
| 2466 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 2467 | /* bound check case */
|
---|
| 2468 | if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
|
---|
| 2469 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2470 | gbound();
|
---|
| 2471 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2472 | }
|
---|
| 2473 | #endif
|
---|
| 2474 | if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
| 2475 | rc = RC_INT;
|
---|
| 2476 | if (is_float(ft)) {
|
---|
| 2477 | rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
---|
| 2478 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 2479 | if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 2480 | rc = RC_ST0;
|
---|
| 2481 | }
|
---|
| 2482 | #endif
|
---|
| 2483 | }
|
---|
| 2484 | r = gv(rc); /* generate value */
|
---|
| 2485 | /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
|
---|
| 2486 | if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
|
---|
| 2487 | SValue sv;
|
---|
| 2488 | t = get_reg(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 2489 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 2490 | sv.type.t = VT_PTR;
|
---|
| 2491 | #else
|
---|
| 2492 | sv.type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 2493 | #endif
|
---|
| 2494 | sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 2495 | sv.c.ul = vtop[-1].c.ul;
|
---|
| 2496 | load(t, &sv);
|
---|
| 2497 | vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 2498 | }
|
---|
| 2499 | store(r, vtop - 1);
|
---|
| 2500 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 2501 | /* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 */
|
---|
| 2502 | if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 2503 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2504 | /* convert to int to increment easily */
|
---|
| 2505 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 2506 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 2507 | vpushi(4);
|
---|
| 2508 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
| 2509 | vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 2510 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2511 | /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
|
---|
| 2512 | store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
|
---|
| 2513 | }
|
---|
| 2514 | #endif
|
---|
| 2515 | }
|
---|
| 2516 | vswap();
|
---|
| 2517 | vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
|
---|
| 2518 | vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
|
---|
| 2519 | }
|
---|
| 2520 | }
|
---|
| 2521 |
|
---|
| 2522 | /* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
|
---|
| 2523 | ST_FUNC void inc(int post, int c)
|
---|
| 2524 | {
|
---|
| 2525 | test_lvalue();
|
---|
| 2526 | vdup(); /* save lvalue */
|
---|
| 2527 | if (post) {
|
---|
| 2528 | gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
|
---|
| 2529 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 2530 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
| 2531 | }
|
---|
| 2532 | /* add constant */
|
---|
| 2533 | vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
|
---|
| 2534 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
| 2535 | vstore(); /* store value */
|
---|
| 2536 | if (post)
|
---|
| 2537 | vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
|
---|
| 2538 | }
|
---|
| 2539 |
|
---|
| 2540 | /* Parse GNUC __attribute__ extension. Currently, the following
|
---|
| 2541 | extensions are recognized:
|
---|
| 2542 | - aligned(n) : set data/function alignment.
|
---|
| 2543 | - packed : force data alignment to 1
|
---|
| 2544 | - section(x) : generate data/code in this section.
|
---|
| 2545 | - unused : currently ignored, but may be used someday.
|
---|
| 2546 | - regparm(n) : pass function parameters in registers (i386 only)
|
---|
| 2547 | */
|
---|
| 2548 | static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
|
---|
| 2549 | {
|
---|
| 2550 | int t, n;
|
---|
| 2551 |
|
---|
| 2552 | while (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2) {
|
---|
| 2553 | next();
|
---|
| 2554 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 2555 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 2556 | while (tok != ')') {
|
---|
| 2557 | if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
|
---|
| 2558 | expect("attribute name");
|
---|
| 2559 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 2560 | next();
|
---|
| 2561 | switch(t) {
|
---|
| 2562 | case TOK_SECTION1:
|
---|
| 2563 | case TOK_SECTION2:
|
---|
| 2564 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 2565 | if (tok != TOK_STR)
|
---|
| 2566 | expect("section name");
|
---|
| 2567 | ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
|
---|
| 2568 | next();
|
---|
| 2569 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 2570 | break;
|
---|
| 2571 | case TOK_ALIAS1:
|
---|
| 2572 | case TOK_ALIAS2:
|
---|
| 2573 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 2574 | if (tok != TOK_STR)
|
---|
| 2575 | expect("alias(\"target\")");
|
---|
| 2576 | ad->alias_target = /* save string as token, for later */
|
---|
| 2577 | tok_alloc((char*)tokc.cstr->data, tokc.cstr->size-1)->tok;
|
---|
| 2578 | next();
|
---|
| 2579 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 2580 | break;
|
---|
| 2581 | case TOK_ALIGNED1:
|
---|
| 2582 | case TOK_ALIGNED2:
|
---|
| 2583 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
| 2584 | next();
|
---|
| 2585 | n = expr_const();
|
---|
| 2586 | if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
|
---|
| 2587 | tcc_error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
|
---|
| 2588 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 2589 | } else {
|
---|
| 2590 | n = MAX_ALIGN;
|
---|
| 2591 | }
|
---|
| 2592 | ad->aligned = n;
|
---|
| 2593 | break;
|
---|
| 2594 | case TOK_PACKED1:
|
---|
| 2595 | case TOK_PACKED2:
|
---|
| 2596 | ad->packed = 1;
|
---|
| 2597 | break;
|
---|
| 2598 | case TOK_WEAK1:
|
---|
| 2599 | case TOK_WEAK2:
|
---|
| 2600 | ad->weak = 1;
|
---|
| 2601 | break;
|
---|
| 2602 | case TOK_UNUSED1:
|
---|
| 2603 | case TOK_UNUSED2:
|
---|
| 2604 | /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
|
---|
| 2605 | track unused objects */
|
---|
| 2606 | break;
|
---|
| 2607 | case TOK_NORETURN1:
|
---|
| 2608 | case TOK_NORETURN2:
|
---|
| 2609 | /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
|
---|
| 2610 | track unused objects */
|
---|
| 2611 | break;
|
---|
| 2612 | case TOK_CDECL1:
|
---|
| 2613 | case TOK_CDECL2:
|
---|
| 2614 | case TOK_CDECL3:
|
---|
| 2615 | ad->func_call = FUNC_CDECL;
|
---|
| 2616 | break;
|
---|
| 2617 | case TOK_STDCALL1:
|
---|
| 2618 | case TOK_STDCALL2:
|
---|
| 2619 | case TOK_STDCALL3:
|
---|
| 2620 | ad->func_call = FUNC_STDCALL;
|
---|
| 2621 | break;
|
---|
| 2622 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
|
---|
| 2623 | case TOK_REGPARM1:
|
---|
| 2624 | case TOK_REGPARM2:
|
---|
| 2625 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 2626 | n = expr_const();
|
---|
| 2627 | if (n > 3)
|
---|
| 2628 | n = 3;
|
---|
| 2629 | else if (n < 0)
|
---|
| 2630 | n = 0;
|
---|
| 2631 | if (n > 0)
|
---|
| 2632 | ad->func_call = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
|
---|
| 2633 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 2634 | break;
|
---|
| 2635 | case TOK_FASTCALL1:
|
---|
| 2636 | case TOK_FASTCALL2:
|
---|
| 2637 | case TOK_FASTCALL3:
|
---|
| 2638 | ad->func_call = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
|
---|
| 2639 | break;
|
---|
| 2640 | #endif
|
---|
| 2641 | case TOK_MODE:
|
---|
| 2642 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 2643 | switch(tok) {
|
---|
| 2644 | case TOK_MODE_DI:
|
---|
| 2645 | ad->mode = VT_LLONG + 1;
|
---|
| 2646 | break;
|
---|
| 2647 | case TOK_MODE_HI:
|
---|
| 2648 | ad->mode = VT_SHORT + 1;
|
---|
| 2649 | break;
|
---|
| 2650 | case TOK_MODE_SI:
|
---|
| 2651 | ad->mode = VT_INT + 1;
|
---|
| 2652 | break;
|
---|
| 2653 | default:
|
---|
| 2654 | tcc_warning("__mode__(%s) not supported\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
|
---|
| 2655 | break;
|
---|
| 2656 | }
|
---|
| 2657 | next();
|
---|
| 2658 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 2659 | break;
|
---|
| 2660 | case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
|
---|
| 2661 | ad->func_export = 1;
|
---|
| 2662 | break;
|
---|
| 2663 | case TOK_DLLIMPORT:
|
---|
| 2664 | ad->func_import = 1;
|
---|
| 2665 | break;
|
---|
| 2666 | default:
|
---|
| 2667 | if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
|
---|
| 2668 | tcc_warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
|
---|
| 2669 | /* skip parameters */
|
---|
| 2670 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
| 2671 | int parenthesis = 0;
|
---|
| 2672 | do {
|
---|
| 2673 | if (tok == '(')
|
---|
| 2674 | parenthesis++;
|
---|
| 2675 | else if (tok == ')')
|
---|
| 2676 | parenthesis--;
|
---|
| 2677 | next();
|
---|
| 2678 | } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
|
---|
| 2679 | }
|
---|
| 2680 | break;
|
---|
| 2681 | }
|
---|
| 2682 | if (tok != ',')
|
---|
| 2683 | break;
|
---|
| 2684 | next();
|
---|
| 2685 | }
|
---|
| 2686 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 2687 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 2688 | }
|
---|
| 2689 | }
|
---|
| 2690 |
|
---|
| 2691 | /* enum/struct/union declaration. u is either VT_ENUM or VT_STRUCT */
|
---|
| 2692 | static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
|
---|
| 2693 | {
|
---|
| 2694 | int a, v, size, align, maxalign, c, offset;
|
---|
| 2695 | int bit_size, bit_pos, bsize, bt, lbit_pos, prevbt;
|
---|
| 2696 | Sym *s, *ss, *ass, **ps;
|
---|
| 2697 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
| 2698 | CType type1, btype;
|
---|
| 2699 |
|
---|
| 2700 | a = tok; /* save decl type */
|
---|
| 2701 | next();
|
---|
| 2702 | if (tok != '{') {
|
---|
| 2703 | v = tok;
|
---|
| 2704 | next();
|
---|
| 2705 | /* struct already defined ? return it */
|
---|
| 2706 | if (v < TOK_IDENT)
|
---|
| 2707 | expect("struct/union/enum name");
|
---|
| 2708 | s = struct_find(v);
|
---|
| 2709 | if (s) {
|
---|
| 2710 | if (s->type.t != a)
|
---|
| 2711 | tcc_error("invalid type");
|
---|
| 2712 | goto do_decl;
|
---|
| 2713 | }
|
---|
| 2714 | } else {
|
---|
| 2715 | v = anon_sym++;
|
---|
| 2716 | }
|
---|
| 2717 | type1.t = a;
|
---|
| 2718 | /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
|
---|
| 2719 | s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
|
---|
| 2720 | s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
|
---|
| 2721 | /* put struct/union/enum name in type */
|
---|
| 2722 | do_decl:
|
---|
| 2723 | type->t = u;
|
---|
| 2724 | type->ref = s;
|
---|
| 2725 |
|
---|
| 2726 | if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
| 2727 | next();
|
---|
| 2728 | if (s->c != -1)
|
---|
| 2729 | tcc_error("struct/union/enum already defined");
|
---|
| 2730 | /* cannot be empty */
|
---|
| 2731 | c = 0;
|
---|
| 2732 | /* non empty enums are not allowed */
|
---|
| 2733 | if (a == TOK_ENUM) {
|
---|
| 2734 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 2735 | v = tok;
|
---|
| 2736 | if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
| 2737 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
| 2738 | next();
|
---|
| 2739 | if (tok == '=') {
|
---|
| 2740 | next();
|
---|
| 2741 | c = expr_const();
|
---|
| 2742 | }
|
---|
| 2743 | /* enum symbols have static storage */
|
---|
| 2744 | ss = sym_push(v, &int_type, VT_CONST, c);
|
---|
| 2745 | ss->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
|
---|
| 2746 | if (tok != ',')
|
---|
| 2747 | break;
|
---|
| 2748 | next();
|
---|
| 2749 | c++;
|
---|
| 2750 | /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
|
---|
| 2751 | if (tok == '}')
|
---|
| 2752 | break;
|
---|
| 2753 | }
|
---|
| 2754 | skip('}');
|
---|
| 2755 | } else {
|
---|
| 2756 | maxalign = 1;
|
---|
| 2757 | ps = &s->next;
|
---|
| 2758 | prevbt = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 2759 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
| 2760 | offset = 0;
|
---|
| 2761 | while (tok != '}') {
|
---|
| 2762 | parse_btype(&btype, &ad);
|
---|
| 2763 | while (1) {
|
---|
| 2764 | bit_size = -1;
|
---|
| 2765 | v = 0;
|
---|
| 2766 | type1 = btype;
|
---|
| 2767 | if (tok != ':') {
|
---|
| 2768 | type_decl(&type1, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
| 2769 | if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
---|
| 2770 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
| 2771 | if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
|
---|
| 2772 | (type1.t & (VT_TYPEDEF | VT_STATIC | VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)))
|
---|
| 2773 | tcc_error("invalid type for '%s'",
|
---|
| 2774 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 2775 | }
|
---|
| 2776 | if (tok == ':') {
|
---|
| 2777 | next();
|
---|
| 2778 | bit_size = expr_const();
|
---|
| 2779 | /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
|
---|
| 2780 | if (bit_size < 0)
|
---|
| 2781 | tcc_error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
|
---|
| 2782 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 2783 | if (v && bit_size == 0)
|
---|
| 2784 | tcc_error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
|
---|
| 2785 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 2786 | }
|
---|
| 2787 | size = type_size(&type1, &align);
|
---|
| 2788 | if (ad.aligned) {
|
---|
| 2789 | if (align < ad.aligned)
|
---|
| 2790 | align = ad.aligned;
|
---|
| 2791 | } else if (ad.packed) {
|
---|
| 2792 | align = 1;
|
---|
| 2793 | } else if (*tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr) {
|
---|
| 2794 | if (align > *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr)
|
---|
| 2795 | align = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
|
---|
| 2796 | }
|
---|
| 2797 | lbit_pos = 0;
|
---|
| 2798 | if (bit_size >= 0) {
|
---|
| 2799 | bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 2800 | if (bt != VT_INT &&
|
---|
| 2801 | bt != VT_BYTE &&
|
---|
| 2802 | bt != VT_SHORT &&
|
---|
| 2803 | bt != VT_BOOL &&
|
---|
| 2804 | bt != VT_ENUM &&
|
---|
| 2805 | bt != VT_LLONG)
|
---|
| 2806 | tcc_error("bitfields must have scalar type");
|
---|
| 2807 | bsize = size * 8;
|
---|
| 2808 | if (bit_size > bsize) {
|
---|
| 2809 | tcc_error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
|
---|
| 2810 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 2811 | } else if (bit_size == bsize) {
|
---|
| 2812 | /* no need for bit fields */
|
---|
| 2813 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
| 2814 | } else if (bit_size == 0) {
|
---|
| 2815 | /* XXX: what to do if only padding in a
|
---|
| 2816 | structure ? */
|
---|
| 2817 | /* zero size: means to pad */
|
---|
| 2818 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
| 2819 | } else {
|
---|
| 2820 | /* we do not have enough room ?
|
---|
| 2821 | did the type change?
|
---|
| 2822 | is it a union? */
|
---|
| 2823 | if ((bit_pos + bit_size) > bsize ||
|
---|
| 2824 | bt != prevbt || a == TOK_UNION)
|
---|
| 2825 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
| 2826 | lbit_pos = bit_pos;
|
---|
| 2827 | /* XXX: handle LSB first */
|
---|
| 2828 | type1.t |= VT_BITFIELD |
|
---|
| 2829 | (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) |
|
---|
| 2830 | (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
|
---|
| 2831 | bit_pos += bit_size;
|
---|
| 2832 | }
|
---|
| 2833 | prevbt = bt;
|
---|
| 2834 | } else {
|
---|
| 2835 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
| 2836 | }
|
---|
| 2837 | if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 2838 | /* add new memory data only if starting
|
---|
| 2839 | bit field */
|
---|
| 2840 | if (lbit_pos == 0) {
|
---|
| 2841 | if (a == TOK_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 2842 | c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
|
---|
| 2843 | offset = c;
|
---|
| 2844 | if (size > 0)
|
---|
| 2845 | c += size;
|
---|
| 2846 | } else {
|
---|
| 2847 | offset = 0;
|
---|
| 2848 | if (size > c)
|
---|
| 2849 | c = size;
|
---|
| 2850 | }
|
---|
| 2851 | if (align > maxalign)
|
---|
| 2852 | maxalign = align;
|
---|
| 2853 | }
|
---|
| 2854 | #if 0
|
---|
| 2855 | printf("add field %s offset=%d",
|
---|
| 2856 | get_tok_str(v, NULL), offset);
|
---|
| 2857 | if (type1.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
| 2858 | printf(" pos=%d size=%d",
|
---|
| 2859 | (type1.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f,
|
---|
| 2860 | (type1.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f);
|
---|
| 2861 | }
|
---|
| 2862 | printf("\n");
|
---|
| 2863 | #endif
|
---|
| 2864 | }
|
---|
| 2865 | if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 2866 | ass = type1.ref;
|
---|
| 2867 | while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2868 | ss = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, offset + ass->c);
|
---|
| 2869 | *ps = ss;
|
---|
| 2870 | ps = &ss->next;
|
---|
| 2871 | }
|
---|
| 2872 | } else if (v) {
|
---|
| 2873 | ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, offset);
|
---|
| 2874 | *ps = ss;
|
---|
| 2875 | ps = &ss->next;
|
---|
| 2876 | }
|
---|
| 2877 | if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
|
---|
| 2878 | break;
|
---|
| 2879 | skip(',');
|
---|
| 2880 | }
|
---|
| 2881 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 2882 | }
|
---|
| 2883 | skip('}');
|
---|
| 2884 | /* store size and alignment */
|
---|
| 2885 | s->c = (c + maxalign - 1) & -maxalign;
|
---|
| 2886 | s->r = maxalign;
|
---|
| 2887 | }
|
---|
| 2888 | }
|
---|
| 2889 | }
|
---|
| 2890 |
|
---|
| 2891 | /* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
|
---|
| 2892 | and skip it.
|
---|
| 2893 | */
|
---|
| 2894 | static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
|
---|
| 2895 | {
|
---|
| 2896 | int t, u, type_found, typespec_found, typedef_found;
|
---|
| 2897 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 2898 | CType type1;
|
---|
| 2899 |
|
---|
| 2900 | memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
---|
| 2901 | type_found = 0;
|
---|
| 2902 | typespec_found = 0;
|
---|
| 2903 | typedef_found = 0;
|
---|
| 2904 | t = 0;
|
---|
| 2905 | while(1) {
|
---|
| 2906 | switch(tok) {
|
---|
| 2907 | case TOK_EXTENSION:
|
---|
| 2908 | /* currently, we really ignore extension */
|
---|
| 2909 | next();
|
---|
| 2910 | continue;
|
---|
| 2911 |
|
---|
| 2912 | /* basic types */
|
---|
| 2913 | case TOK_CHAR:
|
---|
| 2914 | u = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
| 2915 | basic_type:
|
---|
| 2916 | next();
|
---|
| 2917 | basic_type1:
|
---|
| 2918 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) != 0)
|
---|
| 2919 | tcc_error("too many basic types");
|
---|
| 2920 | t |= u;
|
---|
| 2921 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
| 2922 | break;
|
---|
| 2923 | case TOK_VOID:
|
---|
| 2924 | u = VT_VOID;
|
---|
| 2925 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
| 2926 | case TOK_SHORT:
|
---|
| 2927 | u = VT_SHORT;
|
---|
| 2928 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
| 2929 | case TOK_INT:
|
---|
| 2930 | next();
|
---|
| 2931 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
| 2932 | break;
|
---|
| 2933 | case TOK_LONG:
|
---|
| 2934 | next();
|
---|
| 2935 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 2936 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
| 2937 | t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
| 2938 | #endif
|
---|
| 2939 | } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
|
---|
| 2940 | t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
|
---|
| 2941 | } else {
|
---|
| 2942 | u = VT_LONG;
|
---|
| 2943 | goto basic_type1;
|
---|
| 2944 | }
|
---|
| 2945 | break;
|
---|
| 2946 | case TOK_BOOL:
|
---|
| 2947 | u = VT_BOOL;
|
---|
| 2948 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
| 2949 | case TOK_FLOAT:
|
---|
| 2950 | u = VT_FLOAT;
|
---|
| 2951 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
| 2952 | case TOK_DOUBLE:
|
---|
| 2953 | next();
|
---|
| 2954 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
|
---|
| 2955 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
| 2956 | t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
| 2957 | #else
|
---|
| 2958 | t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
| 2959 | #endif
|
---|
| 2960 | } else {
|
---|
| 2961 | u = VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
| 2962 | goto basic_type1;
|
---|
| 2963 | }
|
---|
| 2964 | break;
|
---|
| 2965 | case TOK_ENUM:
|
---|
| 2966 | struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
|
---|
| 2967 | basic_type2:
|
---|
| 2968 | u = type1.t;
|
---|
| 2969 | type->ref = type1.ref;
|
---|
| 2970 | goto basic_type1;
|
---|
| 2971 | case TOK_STRUCT:
|
---|
| 2972 | case TOK_UNION:
|
---|
| 2973 | struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
|
---|
| 2974 | goto basic_type2;
|
---|
| 2975 |
|
---|
| 2976 | /* type modifiers */
|
---|
| 2977 | case TOK_CONST1:
|
---|
| 2978 | case TOK_CONST2:
|
---|
| 2979 | case TOK_CONST3:
|
---|
| 2980 | t |= VT_CONSTANT;
|
---|
| 2981 | next();
|
---|
| 2982 | break;
|
---|
| 2983 | case TOK_VOLATILE1:
|
---|
| 2984 | case TOK_VOLATILE2:
|
---|
| 2985 | case TOK_VOLATILE3:
|
---|
| 2986 | t |= VT_VOLATILE;
|
---|
| 2987 | next();
|
---|
| 2988 | break;
|
---|
| 2989 | case TOK_SIGNED1:
|
---|
| 2990 | case TOK_SIGNED2:
|
---|
| 2991 | case TOK_SIGNED3:
|
---|
| 2992 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
| 2993 | t |= VT_SIGNED;
|
---|
| 2994 | next();
|
---|
| 2995 | break;
|
---|
| 2996 | case TOK_REGISTER:
|
---|
| 2997 | case TOK_AUTO:
|
---|
| 2998 | case TOK_RESTRICT1:
|
---|
| 2999 | case TOK_RESTRICT2:
|
---|
| 3000 | case TOK_RESTRICT3:
|
---|
| 3001 | next();
|
---|
| 3002 | break;
|
---|
| 3003 | case TOK_UNSIGNED:
|
---|
| 3004 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 3005 | next();
|
---|
| 3006 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
| 3007 | break;
|
---|
| 3008 |
|
---|
| 3009 | /* storage */
|
---|
| 3010 | case TOK_EXTERN:
|
---|
| 3011 | t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
| 3012 | next();
|
---|
| 3013 | break;
|
---|
| 3014 | case TOK_STATIC:
|
---|
| 3015 | t |= VT_STATIC;
|
---|
| 3016 | next();
|
---|
| 3017 | break;
|
---|
| 3018 | case TOK_TYPEDEF:
|
---|
| 3019 | t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
|
---|
| 3020 | next();
|
---|
| 3021 | break;
|
---|
| 3022 | case TOK_INLINE1:
|
---|
| 3023 | case TOK_INLINE2:
|
---|
| 3024 | case TOK_INLINE3:
|
---|
| 3025 | t |= VT_INLINE;
|
---|
| 3026 | next();
|
---|
| 3027 | break;
|
---|
| 3028 |
|
---|
| 3029 | /* GNUC attribute */
|
---|
| 3030 | case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
|
---|
| 3031 | case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
|
---|
| 3032 | parse_attribute(ad);
|
---|
| 3033 | if (ad->mode) {
|
---|
| 3034 | u = ad->mode -1;
|
---|
| 3035 | t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | u;
|
---|
| 3036 | }
|
---|
| 3037 | break;
|
---|
| 3038 | /* GNUC typeof */
|
---|
| 3039 | case TOK_TYPEOF1:
|
---|
| 3040 | case TOK_TYPEOF2:
|
---|
| 3041 | case TOK_TYPEOF3:
|
---|
| 3042 | next();
|
---|
| 3043 | parse_expr_type(&type1);
|
---|
| 3044 | /* remove all storage modifiers except typedef */
|
---|
| 3045 | type1.t &= ~(VT_STORAGE&~VT_TYPEDEF);
|
---|
| 3046 | goto basic_type2;
|
---|
| 3047 | default:
|
---|
| 3048 | if (typespec_found || typedef_found)
|
---|
| 3049 | goto the_end;
|
---|
| 3050 | s = sym_find(tok);
|
---|
| 3051 | if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
|
---|
| 3052 | goto the_end;
|
---|
| 3053 | typedef_found = 1;
|
---|
| 3054 | t |= (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF);
|
---|
| 3055 | type->ref = s->type.ref;
|
---|
| 3056 | if (s->r) {
|
---|
| 3057 | /* get attributes from typedef */
|
---|
| 3058 | if (0 == ad->aligned)
|
---|
| 3059 | ad->aligned = FUNC_ALIGN(s->r);
|
---|
| 3060 | if (0 == ad->func_call)
|
---|
| 3061 | ad->func_call = FUNC_CALL(s->r);
|
---|
| 3062 | ad->packed |= FUNC_PACKED(s->r);
|
---|
| 3063 | }
|
---|
| 3064 | next();
|
---|
| 3065 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
| 3066 | break;
|
---|
| 3067 | }
|
---|
| 3068 | type_found = 1;
|
---|
| 3069 | }
|
---|
| 3070 | the_end:
|
---|
| 3071 | if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
| 3072 | tcc_error("signed and unsigned modifier");
|
---|
| 3073 | if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
|
---|
| 3074 | if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
|
---|
| 3075 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 3076 | }
|
---|
| 3077 | t &= ~VT_SIGNED;
|
---|
| 3078 |
|
---|
| 3079 | /* long is never used as type */
|
---|
| 3080 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG)
|
---|
| 3081 | #if !defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64 || defined TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
| 3082 | t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT;
|
---|
| 3083 | #else
|
---|
| 3084 | t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
|
---|
| 3085 | #endif
|
---|
| 3086 | type->t = t;
|
---|
| 3087 | return type_found;
|
---|
| 3088 | }
|
---|
| 3089 |
|
---|
| 3090 | /* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
|
---|
| 3091 | function pointer) */
|
---|
| 3092 | static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
|
---|
| 3093 | {
|
---|
| 3094 | /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
|
---|
| 3095 | to indicate a const function parameter */
|
---|
| 3096 | pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3097 | /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
|
---|
| 3098 | pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
|
---|
| 3099 | if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 3100 | mk_pointer(pt);
|
---|
| 3101 | }
|
---|
| 3102 | }
|
---|
| 3103 |
|
---|
| 3104 | ST_FUNC void parse_asm_str(CString *astr)
|
---|
| 3105 | {
|
---|
| 3106 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 3107 | /* read the string */
|
---|
| 3108 | if (tok != TOK_STR)
|
---|
| 3109 | expect("string constant");
|
---|
| 3110 | cstr_new(astr);
|
---|
| 3111 | while (tok == TOK_STR) {
|
---|
| 3112 | /* XXX: add \0 handling too ? */
|
---|
| 3113 | cstr_cat(astr, tokc.cstr->data);
|
---|
| 3114 | next();
|
---|
| 3115 | }
|
---|
| 3116 | cstr_ccat(astr, '\0');
|
---|
| 3117 | }
|
---|
| 3118 |
|
---|
| 3119 | /* Parse an asm label and return the label
|
---|
| 3120 | * Don't forget to free the CString in the caller! */
|
---|
| 3121 | static void asm_label_instr(CString *astr)
|
---|
| 3122 | {
|
---|
| 3123 | next();
|
---|
| 3124 | parse_asm_str(astr);
|
---|
| 3125 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3126 | #ifdef ASM_DEBUG
|
---|
| 3127 | printf("asm_alias: \"%s\"\n", (char *)astr->data);
|
---|
| 3128 | #endif
|
---|
| 3129 | }
|
---|
| 3130 |
|
---|
| 3131 | static void post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
|
---|
| 3132 | {
|
---|
| 3133 | int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
|
---|
| 3134 | Sym **plast, *s, *first;
|
---|
| 3135 | AttributeDef ad1;
|
---|
| 3136 | CType pt;
|
---|
| 3137 |
|
---|
| 3138 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
| 3139 | /* function declaration */
|
---|
| 3140 | next();
|
---|
| 3141 | l = 0;
|
---|
| 3142 | first = NULL;
|
---|
| 3143 | plast = &first;
|
---|
| 3144 | arg_size = 0;
|
---|
| 3145 | if (tok != ')') {
|
---|
| 3146 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 3147 | /* read param name and compute offset */
|
---|
| 3148 | if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
|
---|
| 3149 | if (!parse_btype(&pt, &ad1)) {
|
---|
| 3150 | if (l) {
|
---|
| 3151 | tcc_error("invalid type");
|
---|
| 3152 | } else {
|
---|
| 3153 | l = FUNC_OLD;
|
---|
| 3154 | goto old_proto;
|
---|
| 3155 | }
|
---|
| 3156 | }
|
---|
| 3157 | l = FUNC_NEW;
|
---|
| 3158 | if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
|
---|
| 3159 | break;
|
---|
| 3160 | type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
| 3161 | if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
|
---|
| 3162 | tcc_error("parameter declared as void");
|
---|
| 3163 | arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + PTR_SIZE - 1) / PTR_SIZE;
|
---|
| 3164 | } else {
|
---|
| 3165 | old_proto:
|
---|
| 3166 | n = tok;
|
---|
| 3167 | if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
| 3168 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
| 3169 | pt.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 3170 | next();
|
---|
| 3171 | }
|
---|
| 3172 | convert_parameter_type(&pt);
|
---|
| 3173 | s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 3174 | *plast = s;
|
---|
| 3175 | plast = &s->next;
|
---|
| 3176 | if (tok == ')')
|
---|
| 3177 | break;
|
---|
| 3178 | skip(',');
|
---|
| 3179 | if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
|
---|
| 3180 | l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
|
---|
| 3181 | next();
|
---|
| 3182 | break;
|
---|
| 3183 | }
|
---|
| 3184 | }
|
---|
| 3185 | }
|
---|
| 3186 | /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
|
---|
| 3187 | if (l == 0)
|
---|
| 3188 | l = FUNC_OLD;
|
---|
| 3189 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3190 | /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
|
---|
| 3191 | meaning in gcc / C++ */
|
---|
| 3192 | type->t &= ~VT_CONSTANT;
|
---|
| 3193 | /* some ancient pre-K&R C allows a function to return an array
|
---|
| 3194 | and the array brackets to be put after the arguments, such
|
---|
| 3195 | that "int c()[]" means something like "int[] c()" */
|
---|
| 3196 | if (tok == '[') {
|
---|
| 3197 | next();
|
---|
| 3198 | skip(']'); /* only handle simple "[]" */
|
---|
| 3199 | type->t |= VT_PTR;
|
---|
| 3200 | }
|
---|
| 3201 | /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
|
---|
| 3202 | ad->func_args = arg_size;
|
---|
| 3203 | s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, INT_ATTR(ad), l);
|
---|
| 3204 | s->next = first;
|
---|
| 3205 | type->t = VT_FUNC;
|
---|
| 3206 | type->ref = s;
|
---|
| 3207 | } else if (tok == '[') {
|
---|
| 3208 | /* array definition */
|
---|
| 3209 | next();
|
---|
| 3210 | if (tok == TOK_RESTRICT1)
|
---|
| 3211 | next();
|
---|
| 3212 | n = -1;
|
---|
| 3213 | t1 = 0;
|
---|
| 3214 | if (tok != ']') {
|
---|
| 3215 | if (!local_stack || nocode_wanted)
|
---|
| 3216 | vpushi(expr_const());
|
---|
| 3217 | else gexpr();
|
---|
| 3218 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 3219 | n = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
| 3220 | if (n < 0)
|
---|
| 3221 | tcc_error("invalid array size");
|
---|
| 3222 | } else {
|
---|
| 3223 | if (!is_integer_btype(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
|
---|
| 3224 | tcc_error("size of variable length array should be an integer");
|
---|
| 3225 | t1 = VT_VLA;
|
---|
| 3226 | }
|
---|
| 3227 | }
|
---|
| 3228 | skip(']');
|
---|
| 3229 | /* parse next post type */
|
---|
| 3230 | post_type(type, ad);
|
---|
| 3231 | t1 |= type->t & VT_VLA;
|
---|
| 3232 |
|
---|
| 3233 | if (t1 & VT_VLA) {
|
---|
| 3234 | loc -= type_size(&int_type, &align);
|
---|
| 3235 | loc &= -align;
|
---|
| 3236 | n = loc;
|
---|
| 3237 |
|
---|
| 3238 | vla_runtime_type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
| 3239 | gen_op('*');
|
---|
| 3240 | vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, loc);
|
---|
| 3241 | vswap();
|
---|
| 3242 | vstore();
|
---|
| 3243 | }
|
---|
| 3244 | if (n != -1)
|
---|
| 3245 | vpop();
|
---|
| 3246 |
|
---|
| 3247 | /* we push an anonymous symbol which will contain the array
|
---|
| 3248 | element type */
|
---|
| 3249 | s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
|
---|
| 3250 | type->t = (t1 ? VT_VLA : VT_ARRAY) | VT_PTR;
|
---|
| 3251 | type->ref = s;
|
---|
| 3252 | }
|
---|
| 3253 | }
|
---|
| 3254 |
|
---|
| 3255 | /* Parse a type declaration (except basic type), and return the type
|
---|
| 3256 | in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
|
---|
| 3257 | expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
|
---|
| 3258 | attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
|
---|
| 3259 | type_decl().
|
---|
| 3260 | */
|
---|
| 3261 | static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
|
---|
| 3262 | {
|
---|
| 3263 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 3264 | CType type1, *type2;
|
---|
| 3265 | int qualifiers, storage;
|
---|
| 3266 |
|
---|
| 3267 | while (tok == '*') {
|
---|
| 3268 | qualifiers = 0;
|
---|
| 3269 | redo:
|
---|
| 3270 | next();
|
---|
| 3271 | switch(tok) {
|
---|
| 3272 | case TOK_CONST1:
|
---|
| 3273 | case TOK_CONST2:
|
---|
| 3274 | case TOK_CONST3:
|
---|
| 3275 | qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
|
---|
| 3276 | goto redo;
|
---|
| 3277 | case TOK_VOLATILE1:
|
---|
| 3278 | case TOK_VOLATILE2:
|
---|
| 3279 | case TOK_VOLATILE3:
|
---|
| 3280 | qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
|
---|
| 3281 | goto redo;
|
---|
| 3282 | case TOK_RESTRICT1:
|
---|
| 3283 | case TOK_RESTRICT2:
|
---|
| 3284 | case TOK_RESTRICT3:
|
---|
| 3285 | goto redo;
|
---|
| 3286 | }
|
---|
| 3287 | mk_pointer(type);
|
---|
| 3288 | type->t |= qualifiers;
|
---|
| 3289 | }
|
---|
| 3290 |
|
---|
| 3291 | /* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
|
---|
| 3292 | if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
|
---|
| 3293 | parse_attribute(ad);
|
---|
| 3294 |
|
---|
| 3295 | /* recursive type */
|
---|
| 3296 | /* XXX: incorrect if abstract type for functions (e.g. 'int ()') */
|
---|
| 3297 | type1.t = 0; /* XXX: same as int */
|
---|
| 3298 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
| 3299 | next();
|
---|
| 3300 | /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
|
---|
| 3301 | the syntax is not clear */
|
---|
| 3302 | if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
|
---|
| 3303 | parse_attribute(ad);
|
---|
| 3304 | type_decl(&type1, ad, v, td);
|
---|
| 3305 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3306 | } else {
|
---|
| 3307 | /* type identifier */
|
---|
| 3308 | if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
|
---|
| 3309 | *v = tok;
|
---|
| 3310 | next();
|
---|
| 3311 | } else {
|
---|
| 3312 | if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
|
---|
| 3313 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
| 3314 | *v = 0;
|
---|
| 3315 | }
|
---|
| 3316 | }
|
---|
| 3317 | storage = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
|
---|
| 3318 | type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
|
---|
| 3319 | if (storage & VT_STATIC) {
|
---|
| 3320 | int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 3321 | nocode_wanted = 1;
|
---|
| 3322 | post_type(type, ad);
|
---|
| 3323 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 3324 | } else
|
---|
| 3325 | post_type(type, ad);
|
---|
| 3326 | type->t |= storage;
|
---|
| 3327 | if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
|
---|
| 3328 | parse_attribute(ad);
|
---|
| 3329 |
|
---|
| 3330 | if (!type1.t)
|
---|
| 3331 | return;
|
---|
| 3332 | /* append type at the end of type1 */
|
---|
| 3333 | type2 = &type1;
|
---|
| 3334 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 3335 | s = type2->ref;
|
---|
| 3336 | type2 = &s->type;
|
---|
| 3337 | if (!type2->t) {
|
---|
| 3338 | *type2 = *type;
|
---|
| 3339 | break;
|
---|
| 3340 | }
|
---|
| 3341 | }
|
---|
| 3342 | *type = type1;
|
---|
| 3343 | }
|
---|
| 3344 |
|
---|
| 3345 | /* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
|
---|
| 3346 | ST_FUNC int lvalue_type(int t)
|
---|
| 3347 | {
|
---|
| 3348 | int bt, r;
|
---|
| 3349 | r = VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 3350 | bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 3351 | if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
|
---|
| 3352 | r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
|
---|
| 3353 | else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
|
---|
| 3354 | r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
|
---|
| 3355 | else
|
---|
| 3356 | return r;
|
---|
| 3357 | if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 3358 | r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 3359 | return r;
|
---|
| 3360 | }
|
---|
| 3361 |
|
---|
| 3362 | /* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
|
---|
| 3363 | ST_FUNC void indir(void)
|
---|
| 3364 | {
|
---|
| 3365 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 3366 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
|
---|
| 3367 | return;
|
---|
| 3368 | expect("pointer");
|
---|
| 3369 | }
|
---|
| 3370 | if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !nocode_wanted)
|
---|
| 3371 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 3372 | vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
|
---|
| 3373 | /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
|
---|
| 3374 | if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_VLA)
|
---|
| 3375 | && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 3376 | vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
| 3377 | /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
|
---|
| 3378 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 3379 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
|
---|
| 3380 | vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
---|
| 3381 | #endif
|
---|
| 3382 | }
|
---|
| 3383 | }
|
---|
| 3384 |
|
---|
| 3385 | /* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
|
---|
| 3386 | static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
|
---|
| 3387 | {
|
---|
| 3388 | int func_type;
|
---|
| 3389 | CType type;
|
---|
| 3390 |
|
---|
| 3391 | func_type = func->c;
|
---|
| 3392 | if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
|
---|
| 3393 | (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 3394 | /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
|
---|
| 3395 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
|
---|
| 3396 | type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
| 3397 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
| 3398 | }
|
---|
| 3399 | } else if (arg == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3400 | tcc_error("too many arguments to function");
|
---|
| 3401 | } else {
|
---|
| 3402 | type = arg->type;
|
---|
| 3403 | type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
|
---|
| 3404 | gen_assign_cast(&type);
|
---|
| 3405 | }
|
---|
| 3406 | }
|
---|
| 3407 |
|
---|
| 3408 | /* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
|
---|
| 3409 | type */
|
---|
| 3410 | static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
|
---|
| 3411 | {
|
---|
| 3412 | int n;
|
---|
| 3413 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
| 3414 |
|
---|
| 3415 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 3416 | if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
|
---|
| 3417 | type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
| 3418 | } else {
|
---|
| 3419 | expr_type(type);
|
---|
| 3420 | }
|
---|
| 3421 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3422 | }
|
---|
| 3423 |
|
---|
| 3424 | static void parse_type(CType *type)
|
---|
| 3425 | {
|
---|
| 3426 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
| 3427 | int n;
|
---|
| 3428 |
|
---|
| 3429 | if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
|
---|
| 3430 | expect("type");
|
---|
| 3431 | }
|
---|
| 3432 | type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
| 3433 | }
|
---|
| 3434 |
|
---|
| 3435 | static void vpush_tokc(int t)
|
---|
| 3436 | {
|
---|
| 3437 | CType type;
|
---|
| 3438 | type.t = t;
|
---|
| 3439 | type.ref = 0;
|
---|
| 3440 | vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
|
---|
| 3441 | }
|
---|
| 3442 |
|
---|
| 3443 | ST_FUNC void unary(void)
|
---|
| 3444 | {
|
---|
| 3445 | int n, t, align, size, r, sizeof_caller;
|
---|
| 3446 | CType type;
|
---|
| 3447 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 3448 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
| 3449 | static int in_sizeof = 0;
|
---|
| 3450 |
|
---|
| 3451 | sizeof_caller = in_sizeof;
|
---|
| 3452 | in_sizeof = 0;
|
---|
| 3453 | /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
|
---|
| 3454 | better here */
|
---|
| 3455 | tok_next:
|
---|
| 3456 | switch(tok) {
|
---|
| 3457 | case TOK_EXTENSION:
|
---|
| 3458 | next();
|
---|
| 3459 | goto tok_next;
|
---|
| 3460 | case TOK_CINT:
|
---|
| 3461 | case TOK_CCHAR:
|
---|
| 3462 | case TOK_LCHAR:
|
---|
| 3463 | vpushi(tokc.i);
|
---|
| 3464 | next();
|
---|
| 3465 | break;
|
---|
| 3466 | case TOK_CUINT:
|
---|
| 3467 | vpush_tokc(VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
| 3468 | next();
|
---|
| 3469 | break;
|
---|
| 3470 | case TOK_CLLONG:
|
---|
| 3471 | vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG);
|
---|
| 3472 | next();
|
---|
| 3473 | break;
|
---|
| 3474 | case TOK_CULLONG:
|
---|
| 3475 | vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
| 3476 | next();
|
---|
| 3477 | break;
|
---|
| 3478 | case TOK_CFLOAT:
|
---|
| 3479 | vpush_tokc(VT_FLOAT);
|
---|
| 3480 | next();
|
---|
| 3481 | break;
|
---|
| 3482 | case TOK_CDOUBLE:
|
---|
| 3483 | vpush_tokc(VT_DOUBLE);
|
---|
| 3484 | next();
|
---|
| 3485 | break;
|
---|
| 3486 | case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
|
---|
| 3487 | vpush_tokc(VT_LDOUBLE);
|
---|
| 3488 | next();
|
---|
| 3489 | break;
|
---|
| 3490 | case TOK___FUNCTION__:
|
---|
| 3491 | if (!gnu_ext)
|
---|
| 3492 | goto tok_identifier;
|
---|
| 3493 | /* fall thru */
|
---|
| 3494 | case TOK___FUNC__:
|
---|
| 3495 | {
|
---|
| 3496 | void *ptr;
|
---|
| 3497 | int len;
|
---|
| 3498 | /* special function name identifier */
|
---|
| 3499 | len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
|
---|
| 3500 | /* generate char[len] type */
|
---|
| 3501 | type.t = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
| 3502 | mk_pointer(&type);
|
---|
| 3503 | type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
|
---|
| 3504 | type.ref->c = len;
|
---|
| 3505 | vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
|
---|
| 3506 | ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
|
---|
| 3507 | memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
|
---|
| 3508 | next();
|
---|
| 3509 | }
|
---|
| 3510 | break;
|
---|
| 3511 | case TOK_LSTR:
|
---|
| 3512 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
| 3513 | t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 3514 | #else
|
---|
| 3515 | t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 3516 | #endif
|
---|
| 3517 | goto str_init;
|
---|
| 3518 | case TOK_STR:
|
---|
| 3519 | /* string parsing */
|
---|
| 3520 | t = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
| 3521 | str_init:
|
---|
| 3522 | if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
|
---|
| 3523 | t |= VT_CONSTANT;
|
---|
| 3524 | type.t = t;
|
---|
| 3525 | mk_pointer(&type);
|
---|
| 3526 | type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
|
---|
| 3527 | memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
---|
| 3528 | decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, NULL, 0);
|
---|
| 3529 | break;
|
---|
| 3530 | case '(':
|
---|
| 3531 | next();
|
---|
| 3532 | /* cast ? */
|
---|
| 3533 | if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
|
---|
| 3534 | type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
| 3535 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3536 | /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
|
---|
| 3537 | if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
| 3538 | /* data is allocated locally by default */
|
---|
| 3539 | if (global_expr)
|
---|
| 3540 | r = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 3541 | else
|
---|
| 3542 | r = VT_LOCAL;
|
---|
| 3543 | /* all except arrays are lvalues */
|
---|
| 3544 | if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
|
---|
| 3545 | r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
|
---|
| 3546 | memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
---|
| 3547 | decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, NULL, 0);
|
---|
| 3548 | } else {
|
---|
| 3549 | if (sizeof_caller) {
|
---|
| 3550 | vpush(&type);
|
---|
| 3551 | return;
|
---|
| 3552 | }
|
---|
| 3553 | unary();
|
---|
| 3554 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
| 3555 | }
|
---|
| 3556 | } else if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
| 3557 | /* save all registers */
|
---|
| 3558 | save_regs(0);
|
---|
| 3559 | /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
|
---|
| 3560 | inside as GCC does */
|
---|
| 3561 | block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 1);
|
---|
| 3562 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3563 | } else {
|
---|
| 3564 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 3565 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3566 | }
|
---|
| 3567 | break;
|
---|
| 3568 | case '*':
|
---|
| 3569 | next();
|
---|
| 3570 | unary();
|
---|
| 3571 | indir();
|
---|
| 3572 | break;
|
---|
| 3573 | case '&':
|
---|
| 3574 | next();
|
---|
| 3575 | unary();
|
---|
| 3576 | /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
|
---|
| 3577 | except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
|
---|
| 3578 | functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
|
---|
| 3579 | there and in function calls. */
|
---|
| 3580 | /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
|
---|
| 3581 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
|
---|
| 3582 | !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_LLOCAL))
|
---|
| 3583 | test_lvalue();
|
---|
| 3584 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
| 3585 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 3586 | break;
|
---|
| 3587 | case '!':
|
---|
| 3588 | next();
|
---|
| 3589 | unary();
|
---|
| 3590 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 3591 | CType boolean;
|
---|
| 3592 | boolean.t = VT_BOOL;
|
---|
| 3593 | gen_cast(&boolean);
|
---|
| 3594 | vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
|
---|
| 3595 | } else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
|
---|
| 3596 | vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i ^ 1;
|
---|
| 3597 | else {
|
---|
| 3598 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
| 3599 | vseti(VT_JMP, gtst(1, 0));
|
---|
| 3600 | }
|
---|
| 3601 | break;
|
---|
| 3602 | case '~':
|
---|
| 3603 | next();
|
---|
| 3604 | unary();
|
---|
| 3605 | vpushi(-1);
|
---|
| 3606 | gen_op('^');
|
---|
| 3607 | break;
|
---|
| 3608 | case '+':
|
---|
| 3609 | next();
|
---|
| 3610 | /* in order to force cast, we add zero */
|
---|
| 3611 | unary();
|
---|
| 3612 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
|
---|
| 3613 | tcc_error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
|
---|
| 3614 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 3615 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
| 3616 | break;
|
---|
| 3617 | case TOK_SIZEOF:
|
---|
| 3618 | case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
|
---|
| 3619 | case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
|
---|
| 3620 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 3621 | next();
|
---|
| 3622 | in_sizeof++;
|
---|
| 3623 | unary_type(&type); // Perform a in_sizeof = 0;
|
---|
| 3624 | size = type_size(&type, &align);
|
---|
| 3625 | if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
|
---|
| 3626 | if (!(type.t & VT_VLA)) {
|
---|
| 3627 | if (size < 0)
|
---|
| 3628 | tcc_error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
|
---|
| 3629 | vpushs(size);
|
---|
| 3630 | } else {
|
---|
| 3631 | vla_runtime_type_size(&type, &align);
|
---|
| 3632 | }
|
---|
| 3633 | } else {
|
---|
| 3634 | vpushs(align);
|
---|
| 3635 | }
|
---|
| 3636 | vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 3637 | break;
|
---|
| 3638 |
|
---|
| 3639 | case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
|
---|
| 3640 | {
|
---|
| 3641 | CType type1, type2;
|
---|
| 3642 | next();
|
---|
| 3643 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 3644 | parse_type(&type1);
|
---|
| 3645 | skip(',');
|
---|
| 3646 | parse_type(&type2);
|
---|
| 3647 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3648 | type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3649 | type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3650 | vpushi(is_compatible_types(&type1, &type2));
|
---|
| 3651 | }
|
---|
| 3652 | break;
|
---|
| 3653 | case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
|
---|
| 3654 | {
|
---|
| 3655 | int saved_nocode_wanted, res;
|
---|
| 3656 | next();
|
---|
| 3657 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 3658 | saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 3659 | nocode_wanted = 1;
|
---|
| 3660 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 3661 | res = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 3662 | vpop();
|
---|
| 3663 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 3664 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3665 | vpushi(res);
|
---|
| 3666 | }
|
---|
| 3667 | break;
|
---|
| 3668 | case TOK_builtin_frame_address:
|
---|
| 3669 | {
|
---|
| 3670 | int level;
|
---|
| 3671 | CType type;
|
---|
| 3672 | next();
|
---|
| 3673 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 3674 | if (tok != TOK_CINT || tokc.i < 0) {
|
---|
| 3675 | tcc_error("__builtin_frame_address only takes positive integers");
|
---|
| 3676 | }
|
---|
| 3677 | level = tokc.i;
|
---|
| 3678 | next();
|
---|
| 3679 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3680 | type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
| 3681 | mk_pointer(&type);
|
---|
| 3682 | vset(&type, VT_LOCAL, 0); /* local frame */
|
---|
| 3683 | while (level--) {
|
---|
| 3684 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
| 3685 | indir(); /* -> parent frame */
|
---|
| 3686 | }
|
---|
| 3687 | }
|
---|
| 3688 | break;
|
---|
| 3689 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 3690 | case TOK_builtin_va_arg_types:
|
---|
| 3691 | {
|
---|
| 3692 | /* This definition must be synced with stdarg.h */
|
---|
| 3693 | enum __va_arg_type {
|
---|
| 3694 | __va_gen_reg, __va_float_reg, __va_stack
|
---|
| 3695 | };
|
---|
| 3696 | CType type;
|
---|
| 3697 | int bt;
|
---|
| 3698 | next();
|
---|
| 3699 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 3700 | parse_type(&type);
|
---|
| 3701 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3702 | bt = type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 3703 | if (bt == VT_STRUCT || bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 3704 | vpushi(__va_stack);
|
---|
| 3705 | } else if (bt == VT_FLOAT || bt == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 3706 | vpushi(__va_float_reg);
|
---|
| 3707 | } else {
|
---|
| 3708 | vpushi(__va_gen_reg);
|
---|
| 3709 | }
|
---|
| 3710 | }
|
---|
| 3711 | break;
|
---|
| 3712 | #endif
|
---|
| 3713 | case TOK_INC:
|
---|
| 3714 | case TOK_DEC:
|
---|
| 3715 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 3716 | next();
|
---|
| 3717 | unary();
|
---|
| 3718 | inc(0, t);
|
---|
| 3719 | break;
|
---|
| 3720 | case '-':
|
---|
| 3721 | next();
|
---|
| 3722 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 3723 | unary();
|
---|
| 3724 | gen_op('-');
|
---|
| 3725 | break;
|
---|
| 3726 | case TOK_LAND:
|
---|
| 3727 | if (!gnu_ext)
|
---|
| 3728 | goto tok_identifier;
|
---|
| 3729 | next();
|
---|
| 3730 | /* allow to take the address of a label */
|
---|
| 3731 | if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
| 3732 | expect("label identifier");
|
---|
| 3733 | s = label_find(tok);
|
---|
| 3734 | if (!s) {
|
---|
| 3735 | s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
|
---|
| 3736 | } else {
|
---|
| 3737 | if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
|
---|
| 3738 | s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
|
---|
| 3739 | }
|
---|
| 3740 | if (!s->type.t) {
|
---|
| 3741 | s->type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
| 3742 | mk_pointer(&s->type);
|
---|
| 3743 | s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
|
---|
| 3744 | }
|
---|
| 3745 | vset(&s->type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
|
---|
| 3746 | vtop->sym = s;
|
---|
| 3747 | next();
|
---|
| 3748 | break;
|
---|
| 3749 |
|
---|
| 3750 | // special qnan , snan and infinity values
|
---|
| 3751 | case TOK___NAN__:
|
---|
| 3752 | vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff8000000000000ULL);
|
---|
| 3753 | next();
|
---|
| 3754 | break;
|
---|
| 3755 | case TOK___SNAN__:
|
---|
| 3756 | vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff0000000000001ULL);
|
---|
| 3757 | next();
|
---|
| 3758 | break;
|
---|
| 3759 | case TOK___INF__:
|
---|
| 3760 | vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff0000000000000ULL);
|
---|
| 3761 | next();
|
---|
| 3762 | break;
|
---|
| 3763 |
|
---|
| 3764 | default:
|
---|
| 3765 | tok_identifier:
|
---|
| 3766 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 3767 | next();
|
---|
| 3768 | if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
| 3769 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
| 3770 | s = sym_find(t);
|
---|
| 3771 | if (!s) {
|
---|
| 3772 | if (tok != '(')
|
---|
| 3773 | tcc_error("'%s' undeclared", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
|
---|
| 3774 | /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
|
---|
| 3775 | external reference to int() function */
|
---|
| 3776 | if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration)
|
---|
| 3777 | tcc_warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'",
|
---|
| 3778 | get_tok_str(t, NULL));
|
---|
| 3779 | s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0);
|
---|
| 3780 | }
|
---|
| 3781 | if ((s->type.t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_BTYPE)) ==
|
---|
| 3782 | (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_FUNC)) {
|
---|
| 3783 | /* if referencing an inline function, then we generate a
|
---|
| 3784 | symbol to it if not already done. It will have the
|
---|
| 3785 | effect to generate code for it at the end of the
|
---|
| 3786 | compilation unit. Inline function as always
|
---|
| 3787 | generated in the text section. */
|
---|
| 3788 | if (!s->c)
|
---|
| 3789 | put_extern_sym(s, text_section, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 3790 | r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 3791 | } else {
|
---|
| 3792 | r = s->r;
|
---|
| 3793 | }
|
---|
| 3794 | vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
|
---|
| 3795 | /* if forward reference, we must point to s */
|
---|
| 3796 | if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
|
---|
| 3797 | vtop->sym = s;
|
---|
| 3798 | vtop->c.ul = 0;
|
---|
| 3799 | }
|
---|
| 3800 | break;
|
---|
| 3801 | }
|
---|
| 3802 |
|
---|
| 3803 | /* post operations */
|
---|
| 3804 | while (1) {
|
---|
| 3805 | if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
|
---|
| 3806 | inc(1, tok);
|
---|
| 3807 | next();
|
---|
| 3808 | } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW) {
|
---|
| 3809 | int qualifiers;
|
---|
| 3810 | /* field */
|
---|
| 3811 | if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
|
---|
| 3812 | indir();
|
---|
| 3813 | qualifiers = vtop->type.t & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3814 | test_lvalue();
|
---|
| 3815 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 3816 | next();
|
---|
| 3817 | /* expect pointer on structure */
|
---|
| 3818 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
---|
| 3819 | expect("struct or union");
|
---|
| 3820 | s = vtop->type.ref;
|
---|
| 3821 | /* find field */
|
---|
| 3822 | tok |= SYM_FIELD;
|
---|
| 3823 | while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3824 | if (s->v == tok)
|
---|
| 3825 | break;
|
---|
| 3826 | }
|
---|
| 3827 | if (!s)
|
---|
| 3828 | tcc_error("field not found: %s", get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
|
---|
| 3829 | /* add field offset to pointer */
|
---|
| 3830 | vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
|
---|
| 3831 | vpushi(s->c);
|
---|
| 3832 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
| 3833 | /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
|
---|
| 3834 | vtop->type = s->type;
|
---|
| 3835 | vtop->type.t |= qualifiers;
|
---|
| 3836 | /* an array is never an lvalue */
|
---|
| 3837 | if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
---|
| 3838 | vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
| 3839 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 3840 | /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
|
---|
| 3841 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
|
---|
| 3842 | vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
---|
| 3843 | #endif
|
---|
| 3844 | }
|
---|
| 3845 | next();
|
---|
| 3846 | } else if (tok == '[') {
|
---|
| 3847 | next();
|
---|
| 3848 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 3849 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
| 3850 | indir();
|
---|
| 3851 | skip(']');
|
---|
| 3852 | } else if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
| 3853 | SValue ret;
|
---|
| 3854 | Sym *sa;
|
---|
| 3855 | int nb_args;
|
---|
| 3856 |
|
---|
| 3857 | /* function call */
|
---|
| 3858 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 3859 | /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
|
---|
| 3860 | if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 3861 | vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
|
---|
| 3862 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
|
---|
| 3863 | goto error_func;
|
---|
| 3864 | } else {
|
---|
| 3865 | error_func:
|
---|
| 3866 | expect("function pointer");
|
---|
| 3867 | }
|
---|
| 3868 | } else {
|
---|
| 3869 | vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
|
---|
| 3870 | }
|
---|
| 3871 | /* get return type */
|
---|
| 3872 | s = vtop->type.ref;
|
---|
| 3873 | next();
|
---|
| 3874 | sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
|
---|
| 3875 | nb_args = 0;
|
---|
| 3876 | ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 3877 | /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
|
---|
| 3878 | if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 3879 | /* get some space for the returned structure */
|
---|
| 3880 | size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
|
---|
| 3881 | loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
---|
| 3882 | ret.type = s->type;
|
---|
| 3883 | ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
| 3884 | /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
|
---|
| 3885 | problems */
|
---|
| 3886 | vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
|
---|
| 3887 | ret.c = vtop->c;
|
---|
| 3888 | nb_args++;
|
---|
| 3889 | } else {
|
---|
| 3890 | ret.type = s->type;
|
---|
| 3891 | /* return in register */
|
---|
| 3892 | if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
|
---|
| 3893 | ret.r = reg_fret(ret.type.t);
|
---|
| 3894 | } else {
|
---|
| 3895 | if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
| 3896 | ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
|
---|
| 3897 | ret.r = REG_IRET;
|
---|
| 3898 | }
|
---|
| 3899 | ret.c.i = 0;
|
---|
| 3900 | }
|
---|
| 3901 | if (tok != ')') {
|
---|
| 3902 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 3903 | expr_eq();
|
---|
| 3904 | gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
|
---|
| 3905 | nb_args++;
|
---|
| 3906 | if (sa)
|
---|
| 3907 | sa = sa->next;
|
---|
| 3908 | if (tok == ')')
|
---|
| 3909 | break;
|
---|
| 3910 | skip(',');
|
---|
| 3911 | }
|
---|
| 3912 | }
|
---|
| 3913 | if (sa)
|
---|
| 3914 | tcc_error("too few arguments to function");
|
---|
| 3915 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 3916 | if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
| 3917 | gfunc_call(nb_args);
|
---|
| 3918 | } else {
|
---|
| 3919 | vtop -= (nb_args + 1);
|
---|
| 3920 | }
|
---|
| 3921 | /* return value */
|
---|
| 3922 | vsetc(&ret.type, ret.r, &ret.c);
|
---|
| 3923 | vtop->r2 = ret.r2;
|
---|
| 3924 | } else {
|
---|
| 3925 | break;
|
---|
| 3926 | }
|
---|
| 3927 | }
|
---|
| 3928 | }
|
---|
| 3929 |
|
---|
| 3930 | ST_FUNC void expr_prod(void)
|
---|
| 3931 | {
|
---|
| 3932 | int t;
|
---|
| 3933 |
|
---|
| 3934 | unary();
|
---|
| 3935 | while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
|
---|
| 3936 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 3937 | next();
|
---|
| 3938 | unary();
|
---|
| 3939 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
| 3940 | }
|
---|
| 3941 | }
|
---|
| 3942 |
|
---|
| 3943 | ST_FUNC void expr_sum(void)
|
---|
| 3944 | {
|
---|
| 3945 | int t;
|
---|
| 3946 |
|
---|
| 3947 | expr_prod();
|
---|
| 3948 | while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
|
---|
| 3949 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 3950 | next();
|
---|
| 3951 | expr_prod();
|
---|
| 3952 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
| 3953 | }
|
---|
| 3954 | }
|
---|
| 3955 |
|
---|
| 3956 | static void expr_shift(void)
|
---|
| 3957 | {
|
---|
| 3958 | int t;
|
---|
| 3959 |
|
---|
| 3960 | expr_sum();
|
---|
| 3961 | while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
|
---|
| 3962 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 3963 | next();
|
---|
| 3964 | expr_sum();
|
---|
| 3965 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
| 3966 | }
|
---|
| 3967 | }
|
---|
| 3968 |
|
---|
| 3969 | static void expr_cmp(void)
|
---|
| 3970 | {
|
---|
| 3971 | int t;
|
---|
| 3972 |
|
---|
| 3973 | expr_shift();
|
---|
| 3974 | while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
|
---|
| 3975 | tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
|
---|
| 3976 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 3977 | next();
|
---|
| 3978 | expr_shift();
|
---|
| 3979 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
| 3980 | }
|
---|
| 3981 | }
|
---|
| 3982 |
|
---|
| 3983 | static void expr_cmpeq(void)
|
---|
| 3984 | {
|
---|
| 3985 | int t;
|
---|
| 3986 |
|
---|
| 3987 | expr_cmp();
|
---|
| 3988 | while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
|
---|
| 3989 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 3990 | next();
|
---|
| 3991 | expr_cmp();
|
---|
| 3992 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
| 3993 | }
|
---|
| 3994 | }
|
---|
| 3995 |
|
---|
| 3996 | static void expr_and(void)
|
---|
| 3997 | {
|
---|
| 3998 | expr_cmpeq();
|
---|
| 3999 | while (tok == '&') {
|
---|
| 4000 | next();
|
---|
| 4001 | expr_cmpeq();
|
---|
| 4002 | gen_op('&');
|
---|
| 4003 | }
|
---|
| 4004 | }
|
---|
| 4005 |
|
---|
| 4006 | static void expr_xor(void)
|
---|
| 4007 | {
|
---|
| 4008 | expr_and();
|
---|
| 4009 | while (tok == '^') {
|
---|
| 4010 | next();
|
---|
| 4011 | expr_and();
|
---|
| 4012 | gen_op('^');
|
---|
| 4013 | }
|
---|
| 4014 | }
|
---|
| 4015 |
|
---|
| 4016 | static void expr_or(void)
|
---|
| 4017 | {
|
---|
| 4018 | expr_xor();
|
---|
| 4019 | while (tok == '|') {
|
---|
| 4020 | next();
|
---|
| 4021 | expr_xor();
|
---|
| 4022 | gen_op('|');
|
---|
| 4023 | }
|
---|
| 4024 | }
|
---|
| 4025 |
|
---|
| 4026 | /* XXX: fix this mess */
|
---|
| 4027 | static void expr_land_const(void)
|
---|
| 4028 | {
|
---|
| 4029 | expr_or();
|
---|
| 4030 | while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
|
---|
| 4031 | next();
|
---|
| 4032 | expr_or();
|
---|
| 4033 | gen_op(TOK_LAND);
|
---|
| 4034 | }
|
---|
| 4035 | }
|
---|
| 4036 |
|
---|
| 4037 | /* XXX: fix this mess */
|
---|
| 4038 | static void expr_lor_const(void)
|
---|
| 4039 | {
|
---|
| 4040 | expr_land_const();
|
---|
| 4041 | while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
|
---|
| 4042 | next();
|
---|
| 4043 | expr_land_const();
|
---|
| 4044 | gen_op(TOK_LOR);
|
---|
| 4045 | }
|
---|
| 4046 | }
|
---|
| 4047 |
|
---|
| 4048 | /* only used if non constant */
|
---|
| 4049 | static void expr_land(void)
|
---|
| 4050 | {
|
---|
| 4051 | int t;
|
---|
| 4052 |
|
---|
| 4053 | expr_or();
|
---|
| 4054 | if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
|
---|
| 4055 | t = 0;
|
---|
| 4056 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
| 4057 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 4058 | t = gtst(1, t);
|
---|
| 4059 | if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
|
---|
| 4060 | vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
|
---|
| 4061 | break;
|
---|
| 4062 | }
|
---|
| 4063 | next();
|
---|
| 4064 | expr_or();
|
---|
| 4065 | }
|
---|
| 4066 | }
|
---|
| 4067 | }
|
---|
| 4068 |
|
---|
| 4069 | static void expr_lor(void)
|
---|
| 4070 | {
|
---|
| 4071 | int t;
|
---|
| 4072 |
|
---|
| 4073 | expr_land();
|
---|
| 4074 | if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
|
---|
| 4075 | t = 0;
|
---|
| 4076 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
| 4077 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 4078 | t = gtst(0, t);
|
---|
| 4079 | if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
|
---|
| 4080 | vseti(VT_JMP, t);
|
---|
| 4081 | break;
|
---|
| 4082 | }
|
---|
| 4083 | next();
|
---|
| 4084 | expr_land();
|
---|
| 4085 | }
|
---|
| 4086 | }
|
---|
| 4087 | }
|
---|
| 4088 |
|
---|
| 4089 | /* XXX: better constant handling */
|
---|
| 4090 | static void expr_cond(void)
|
---|
| 4091 | {
|
---|
| 4092 | int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2;
|
---|
| 4093 | SValue sv;
|
---|
| 4094 | CType type, type1, type2;
|
---|
| 4095 |
|
---|
| 4096 | if (const_wanted) {
|
---|
| 4097 | expr_lor_const();
|
---|
| 4098 | if (tok == '?') {
|
---|
| 4099 | CType boolean;
|
---|
| 4100 | int c;
|
---|
| 4101 | boolean.t = VT_BOOL;
|
---|
| 4102 | vdup();
|
---|
| 4103 | gen_cast(&boolean);
|
---|
| 4104 | c = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
| 4105 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4106 | next();
|
---|
| 4107 | if (tok != ':' || !gnu_ext) {
|
---|
| 4108 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4109 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4110 | }
|
---|
| 4111 | if (!c)
|
---|
| 4112 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4113 | skip(':');
|
---|
| 4114 | expr_cond();
|
---|
| 4115 | if (c)
|
---|
| 4116 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4117 | }
|
---|
| 4118 | } else {
|
---|
| 4119 | expr_lor();
|
---|
| 4120 | if (tok == '?') {
|
---|
| 4121 | next();
|
---|
| 4122 | if (vtop != vstack) {
|
---|
| 4123 | /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
|
---|
| 4124 | each branch */
|
---|
| 4125 | if (is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
|
---|
| 4126 | rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
---|
| 4127 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 4128 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 4129 | rc = RC_ST0;
|
---|
| 4130 | }
|
---|
| 4131 | #endif
|
---|
| 4132 | }
|
---|
| 4133 | else
|
---|
| 4134 | rc = RC_INT;
|
---|
| 4135 | gv(rc);
|
---|
| 4136 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
| 4137 | }
|
---|
| 4138 | if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
|
---|
| 4139 | gv_dup();
|
---|
| 4140 | tt = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
| 4141 | } else {
|
---|
| 4142 | tt = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
| 4143 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4144 | }
|
---|
| 4145 | type1 = vtop->type;
|
---|
| 4146 | sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
|
---|
| 4147 | vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
|
---|
| 4148 | skip(':');
|
---|
| 4149 | u = gjmp(0);
|
---|
| 4150 | gsym(tt);
|
---|
| 4151 | expr_cond();
|
---|
| 4152 | type2 = vtop->type;
|
---|
| 4153 |
|
---|
| 4154 | t1 = type1.t;
|
---|
| 4155 | bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 4156 | t2 = type2.t;
|
---|
| 4157 | bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 4158 | /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
|
---|
| 4159 | if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
|
---|
| 4160 | if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 4161 | type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
| 4162 | } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 4163 | type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
| 4164 | } else {
|
---|
| 4165 | type.t = VT_FLOAT;
|
---|
| 4166 | }
|
---|
| 4167 | } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 4168 | /* cast to biggest op */
|
---|
| 4169 | type.t = VT_LLONG;
|
---|
| 4170 | /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
|
---|
| 4171 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
| 4172 | (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
| 4173 | type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 4174 | } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
| 4175 | /* If one is a null ptr constant the result type
|
---|
| 4176 | is the other. */
|
---|
| 4177 | if (is_null_pointer (vtop))
|
---|
| 4178 | type = type1;
|
---|
| 4179 | else if (is_null_pointer (&sv))
|
---|
| 4180 | type = type2;
|
---|
| 4181 | /* XXX: test pointer compatibility, C99 has more elaborate
|
---|
| 4182 | rules here. */
|
---|
| 4183 | else
|
---|
| 4184 | type = type1;
|
---|
| 4185 | } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 4186 | /* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
|
---|
| 4187 | type = bt1 == VT_FUNC ? type1 : type2;
|
---|
| 4188 | } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 4189 | /* XXX: test structure compatibility */
|
---|
| 4190 | type = bt1 == VT_STRUCT ? type1 : type2;
|
---|
| 4191 | } else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
|
---|
| 4192 | /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
|
---|
| 4193 | type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
| 4194 | } else {
|
---|
| 4195 | /* integer operations */
|
---|
| 4196 | type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 4197 | /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
|
---|
| 4198 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
| 4199 | (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
| 4200 | type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
| 4201 | }
|
---|
| 4202 |
|
---|
| 4203 | /* now we convert second operand */
|
---|
| 4204 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
| 4205 | if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
|
---|
| 4206 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 4207 | rc = RC_INT;
|
---|
| 4208 | if (is_float(type.t)) {
|
---|
| 4209 | rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
---|
| 4210 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 4211 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
| 4212 | rc = RC_ST0;
|
---|
| 4213 | }
|
---|
| 4214 | #endif
|
---|
| 4215 | } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
| 4216 | /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
|
---|
| 4217 | to handle a complicated move */
|
---|
| 4218 | rc = RC_IRET;
|
---|
| 4219 | }
|
---|
| 4220 |
|
---|
| 4221 | r2 = gv(rc);
|
---|
| 4222 | /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
|
---|
| 4223 | operand */
|
---|
| 4224 | tt = gjmp(0);
|
---|
| 4225 | gsym(u);
|
---|
| 4226 | /* put again first value and cast it */
|
---|
| 4227 | *vtop = sv;
|
---|
| 4228 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
| 4229 | if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
|
---|
| 4230 | gaddrof();
|
---|
| 4231 | r1 = gv(rc);
|
---|
| 4232 | move_reg(r2, r1);
|
---|
| 4233 | vtop->r = r2;
|
---|
| 4234 | gsym(tt);
|
---|
| 4235 | }
|
---|
| 4236 | }
|
---|
| 4237 | }
|
---|
| 4238 |
|
---|
| 4239 | static void expr_eq(void)
|
---|
| 4240 | {
|
---|
| 4241 | int t;
|
---|
| 4242 |
|
---|
| 4243 | expr_cond();
|
---|
| 4244 | if (tok == '=' ||
|
---|
| 4245 | (tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
|
---|
| 4246 | tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
|
---|
| 4247 | tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
|
---|
| 4248 | test_lvalue();
|
---|
| 4249 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 4250 | next();
|
---|
| 4251 | if (t == '=') {
|
---|
| 4252 | expr_eq();
|
---|
| 4253 | } else {
|
---|
| 4254 | vdup();
|
---|
| 4255 | expr_eq();
|
---|
| 4256 | gen_op(t & 0x7f);
|
---|
| 4257 | }
|
---|
| 4258 | vstore();
|
---|
| 4259 | }
|
---|
| 4260 | }
|
---|
| 4261 |
|
---|
| 4262 | ST_FUNC void gexpr(void)
|
---|
| 4263 | {
|
---|
| 4264 | while (1) {
|
---|
| 4265 | expr_eq();
|
---|
| 4266 | if (tok != ',')
|
---|
| 4267 | break;
|
---|
| 4268 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4269 | next();
|
---|
| 4270 | }
|
---|
| 4271 | }
|
---|
| 4272 |
|
---|
| 4273 | /* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
|
---|
| 4274 | static void expr_type(CType *type)
|
---|
| 4275 | {
|
---|
| 4276 | int saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 4277 |
|
---|
| 4278 | saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 4279 | nocode_wanted = 1;
|
---|
| 4280 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4281 | *type = vtop->type;
|
---|
| 4282 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4283 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 4284 | }
|
---|
| 4285 |
|
---|
| 4286 | /* parse a unary expression and return its type without any side
|
---|
| 4287 | effect. */
|
---|
| 4288 | static void unary_type(CType *type)
|
---|
| 4289 | {
|
---|
| 4290 | int a;
|
---|
| 4291 |
|
---|
| 4292 | a = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 4293 | nocode_wanted = 1;
|
---|
| 4294 | unary();
|
---|
| 4295 | *type = vtop->type;
|
---|
| 4296 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4297 | nocode_wanted = a;
|
---|
| 4298 | }
|
---|
| 4299 |
|
---|
| 4300 | /* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop. */
|
---|
| 4301 | static void expr_const1(void)
|
---|
| 4302 | {
|
---|
| 4303 | int a;
|
---|
| 4304 | a = const_wanted;
|
---|
| 4305 | const_wanted = 1;
|
---|
| 4306 | expr_cond();
|
---|
| 4307 | const_wanted = a;
|
---|
| 4308 | }
|
---|
| 4309 |
|
---|
| 4310 | /* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
|
---|
| 4311 | ST_FUNC int expr_const(void)
|
---|
| 4312 | {
|
---|
| 4313 | int c;
|
---|
| 4314 | expr_const1();
|
---|
| 4315 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
|
---|
| 4316 | expect("constant expression");
|
---|
| 4317 | c = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
| 4318 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4319 | return c;
|
---|
| 4320 | }
|
---|
| 4321 |
|
---|
| 4322 | /* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
|
---|
| 4323 | return zero */
|
---|
| 4324 | static int is_label(void)
|
---|
| 4325 | {
|
---|
| 4326 | int last_tok;
|
---|
| 4327 |
|
---|
| 4328 | /* fast test first */
|
---|
| 4329 | if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
| 4330 | return 0;
|
---|
| 4331 | /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
|
---|
| 4332 | last_tok = tok;
|
---|
| 4333 | next();
|
---|
| 4334 | if (tok == ':') {
|
---|
| 4335 | next();
|
---|
| 4336 | return last_tok;
|
---|
| 4337 | } else {
|
---|
| 4338 | unget_tok(last_tok);
|
---|
| 4339 | return 0;
|
---|
| 4340 | }
|
---|
| 4341 | }
|
---|
| 4342 |
|
---|
| 4343 | static void label_or_decl(int l)
|
---|
| 4344 | {
|
---|
| 4345 | int last_tok;
|
---|
| 4346 |
|
---|
| 4347 | /* fast test first */
|
---|
| 4348 | if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
| 4349 | {
|
---|
| 4350 | /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
|
---|
| 4351 | last_tok = tok;
|
---|
| 4352 | next();
|
---|
| 4353 | if (tok == ':') {
|
---|
| 4354 | unget_tok(last_tok);
|
---|
| 4355 | return;
|
---|
| 4356 | }
|
---|
| 4357 | unget_tok(last_tok);
|
---|
| 4358 | }
|
---|
| 4359 | decl(l);
|
---|
| 4360 | }
|
---|
| 4361 |
|
---|
| 4362 | static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
|
---|
| 4363 | int case_reg, int is_expr)
|
---|
| 4364 | {
|
---|
| 4365 | int a, b, c, d;
|
---|
| 4366 | Sym *s, *frame_bottom;
|
---|
| 4367 |
|
---|
| 4368 | /* generate line number info */
|
---|
| 4369 | if (tcc_state->do_debug &&
|
---|
| 4370 | (last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
|
---|
| 4371 | put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
|
---|
| 4372 | last_ind = ind;
|
---|
| 4373 | last_line_num = file->line_num;
|
---|
| 4374 | }
|
---|
| 4375 |
|
---|
| 4376 | if (is_expr) {
|
---|
| 4377 | /* default return value is (void) */
|
---|
| 4378 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 4379 | vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
| 4380 | }
|
---|
| 4381 |
|
---|
| 4382 | if (tok == TOK_IF) {
|
---|
| 4383 | /* if test */
|
---|
| 4384 | next();
|
---|
| 4385 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 4386 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4387 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 4388 | a = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
| 4389 | block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
---|
| 4390 | c = tok;
|
---|
| 4391 | if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
|
---|
| 4392 | next();
|
---|
| 4393 | d = gjmp(0);
|
---|
| 4394 | gsym(a);
|
---|
| 4395 | block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
---|
| 4396 | gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
|
---|
| 4397 | } else
|
---|
| 4398 | gsym(a);
|
---|
| 4399 | } else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
|
---|
| 4400 | next();
|
---|
| 4401 | d = ind;
|
---|
| 4402 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 4403 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4404 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 4405 | a = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
| 4406 | b = 0;
|
---|
| 4407 | block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
---|
| 4408 | gjmp_addr(d);
|
---|
| 4409 | gsym(a);
|
---|
| 4410 | gsym_addr(b, d);
|
---|
| 4411 | } else if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
| 4412 | Sym *llabel;
|
---|
| 4413 |
|
---|
| 4414 | next();
|
---|
| 4415 | /* record local declaration stack position */
|
---|
| 4416 | s = local_stack;
|
---|
| 4417 | frame_bottom = sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 4418 | frame_bottom->next = scope_stack_bottom;
|
---|
| 4419 | scope_stack_bottom = frame_bottom;
|
---|
| 4420 | llabel = local_label_stack;
|
---|
| 4421 | /* handle local labels declarations */
|
---|
| 4422 | if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
|
---|
| 4423 | next();
|
---|
| 4424 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 4425 | if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
| 4426 | expect("label identifier");
|
---|
| 4427 | label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
|
---|
| 4428 | next();
|
---|
| 4429 | if (tok == ',') {
|
---|
| 4430 | next();
|
---|
| 4431 | } else {
|
---|
| 4432 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4433 | break;
|
---|
| 4434 | }
|
---|
| 4435 | }
|
---|
| 4436 | }
|
---|
| 4437 | while (tok != '}') {
|
---|
| 4438 | label_or_decl(VT_LOCAL);
|
---|
| 4439 | if (tok != '}') {
|
---|
| 4440 | if (is_expr)
|
---|
| 4441 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4442 | block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
|
---|
| 4443 | }
|
---|
| 4444 | }
|
---|
| 4445 | /* pop locally defined labels */
|
---|
| 4446 | label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel);
|
---|
| 4447 | if(is_expr) {
|
---|
| 4448 | /* XXX: this solution makes only valgrind happy...
|
---|
| 4449 | triggered by gcc.c-torture/execute/20000917-1.c */
|
---|
| 4450 | Sym *p;
|
---|
| 4451 | switch(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) {
|
---|
| 4452 | case VT_PTR:
|
---|
| 4453 | case VT_STRUCT:
|
---|
| 4454 | case VT_ENUM:
|
---|
| 4455 | case VT_FUNC:
|
---|
| 4456 | for(p=vtop->type.ref;p;p=p->prev)
|
---|
| 4457 | if(p->prev==s)
|
---|
| 4458 | tcc_error("unsupported expression type");
|
---|
| 4459 | }
|
---|
| 4460 | }
|
---|
| 4461 | /* pop locally defined symbols */
|
---|
| 4462 | scope_stack_bottom = scope_stack_bottom->next;
|
---|
| 4463 | sym_pop(&local_stack, s);
|
---|
| 4464 | next();
|
---|
| 4465 | } else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
|
---|
| 4466 | next();
|
---|
| 4467 | if (tok != ';') {
|
---|
| 4468 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4469 | gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
|
---|
| 4470 | if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 4471 | CType type;
|
---|
| 4472 | /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
|
---|
| 4473 | first pointer arg location */
|
---|
| 4474 | #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
---|
| 4475 | int align, size;
|
---|
| 4476 | size = type_size(&func_vt,&align);
|
---|
| 4477 | if(size <= 4)
|
---|
| 4478 | {
|
---|
| 4479 | if((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) || (vtop->c.i & 3))
|
---|
| 4480 | && (align & 3))
|
---|
| 4481 | {
|
---|
| 4482 | int addr;
|
---|
| 4483 | loc = (loc - size) & -4;
|
---|
| 4484 | addr = loc;
|
---|
| 4485 | type = func_vt;
|
---|
| 4486 | vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
|
---|
| 4487 | vswap();
|
---|
| 4488 | vstore();
|
---|
| 4489 | vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
|
---|
| 4490 | }
|
---|
| 4491 | vtop->type = int_type;
|
---|
| 4492 | gv(RC_IRET);
|
---|
| 4493 | } else {
|
---|
| 4494 | #endif
|
---|
| 4495 | type = func_vt;
|
---|
| 4496 | mk_pointer(&type);
|
---|
| 4497 | vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
|
---|
| 4498 | indir();
|
---|
| 4499 | vswap();
|
---|
| 4500 | /* copy structure value to pointer */
|
---|
| 4501 | vstore();
|
---|
| 4502 | #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
---|
| 4503 | }
|
---|
| 4504 | #endif
|
---|
| 4505 | } else if (is_float(func_vt.t)) {
|
---|
| 4506 | gv(rc_fret(func_vt.t));
|
---|
| 4507 | } else {
|
---|
| 4508 | gv(RC_IRET);
|
---|
| 4509 | }
|
---|
| 4510 | vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
|
---|
| 4511 | }
|
---|
| 4512 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4513 | rsym = gjmp(rsym); /* jmp */
|
---|
| 4514 | } else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
|
---|
| 4515 | /* compute jump */
|
---|
| 4516 | if (!bsym)
|
---|
| 4517 | tcc_error("cannot break");
|
---|
| 4518 | *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
|
---|
| 4519 | next();
|
---|
| 4520 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4521 | } else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
|
---|
| 4522 | /* compute jump */
|
---|
| 4523 | if (!csym)
|
---|
| 4524 | tcc_error("cannot continue");
|
---|
| 4525 | *csym = gjmp(*csym);
|
---|
| 4526 | next();
|
---|
| 4527 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4528 | } else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
|
---|
| 4529 | int e;
|
---|
| 4530 | next();
|
---|
| 4531 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 4532 | s = local_stack;
|
---|
| 4533 | frame_bottom = sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 4534 | frame_bottom->next = scope_stack_bottom;
|
---|
| 4535 | scope_stack_bottom = frame_bottom;
|
---|
| 4536 | if (tok != ';') {
|
---|
| 4537 | /* c99 for-loop init decl? */
|
---|
| 4538 | if (!decl0(VT_LOCAL, 1)) {
|
---|
| 4539 | /* no, regular for-loop init expr */
|
---|
| 4540 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4541 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4542 | }
|
---|
| 4543 | }
|
---|
| 4544 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4545 | d = ind;
|
---|
| 4546 | c = ind;
|
---|
| 4547 | a = 0;
|
---|
| 4548 | b = 0;
|
---|
| 4549 | if (tok != ';') {
|
---|
| 4550 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4551 | a = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
| 4552 | }
|
---|
| 4553 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4554 | if (tok != ')') {
|
---|
| 4555 | e = gjmp(0);
|
---|
| 4556 | c = ind;
|
---|
| 4557 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4558 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4559 | gjmp_addr(d);
|
---|
| 4560 | gsym(e);
|
---|
| 4561 | }
|
---|
| 4562 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 4563 | block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
---|
| 4564 | gjmp_addr(c);
|
---|
| 4565 | gsym(a);
|
---|
| 4566 | gsym_addr(b, c);
|
---|
| 4567 | scope_stack_bottom = scope_stack_bottom->next;
|
---|
| 4568 | sym_pop(&local_stack, s);
|
---|
| 4569 | } else
|
---|
| 4570 | if (tok == TOK_DO) {
|
---|
| 4571 | next();
|
---|
| 4572 | a = 0;
|
---|
| 4573 | b = 0;
|
---|
| 4574 | d = ind;
|
---|
| 4575 | block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
---|
| 4576 | skip(TOK_WHILE);
|
---|
| 4577 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 4578 | gsym(b);
|
---|
| 4579 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4580 | c = gtst(0, 0);
|
---|
| 4581 | gsym_addr(c, d);
|
---|
| 4582 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 4583 | gsym(a);
|
---|
| 4584 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4585 | } else
|
---|
| 4586 | if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
|
---|
| 4587 | next();
|
---|
| 4588 | skip('(');
|
---|
| 4589 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4590 | /* XXX: other types than integer */
|
---|
| 4591 | case_reg = gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
| 4592 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4593 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 4594 | a = 0;
|
---|
| 4595 | b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
|
---|
| 4596 | c = 0;
|
---|
| 4597 | block(&a, csym, &b, &c, case_reg, 0);
|
---|
| 4598 | /* if no default, jmp after switch */
|
---|
| 4599 | if (c == 0)
|
---|
| 4600 | c = ind;
|
---|
| 4601 | /* default label */
|
---|
| 4602 | gsym_addr(b, c);
|
---|
| 4603 | /* break label */
|
---|
| 4604 | gsym(a);
|
---|
| 4605 | } else
|
---|
| 4606 | if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
|
---|
| 4607 | int v1, v2;
|
---|
| 4608 | if (!case_sym)
|
---|
| 4609 | expect("switch");
|
---|
| 4610 | next();
|
---|
| 4611 | v1 = expr_const();
|
---|
| 4612 | v2 = v1;
|
---|
| 4613 | if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
|
---|
| 4614 | next();
|
---|
| 4615 | v2 = expr_const();
|
---|
| 4616 | if (v2 < v1)
|
---|
| 4617 | tcc_warning("empty case range");
|
---|
| 4618 | }
|
---|
| 4619 | /* since a case is like a label, we must skip it with a jmp */
|
---|
| 4620 | b = gjmp(0);
|
---|
| 4621 | gsym(*case_sym);
|
---|
| 4622 | vseti(case_reg, 0);
|
---|
| 4623 | vpushi(v1);
|
---|
| 4624 | if (v1 == v2) {
|
---|
| 4625 | gen_op(TOK_EQ);
|
---|
| 4626 | *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
| 4627 | } else {
|
---|
| 4628 | gen_op(TOK_GE);
|
---|
| 4629 | *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
| 4630 | vseti(case_reg, 0);
|
---|
| 4631 | vpushi(v2);
|
---|
| 4632 | gen_op(TOK_LE);
|
---|
| 4633 | *case_sym = gtst(1, *case_sym);
|
---|
| 4634 | }
|
---|
| 4635 | gsym(b);
|
---|
| 4636 | skip(':');
|
---|
| 4637 | is_expr = 0;
|
---|
| 4638 | goto block_after_label;
|
---|
| 4639 | } else
|
---|
| 4640 | if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
|
---|
| 4641 | next();
|
---|
| 4642 | skip(':');
|
---|
| 4643 | if (!def_sym)
|
---|
| 4644 | expect("switch");
|
---|
| 4645 | if (*def_sym)
|
---|
| 4646 | tcc_error("too many 'default'");
|
---|
| 4647 | *def_sym = ind;
|
---|
| 4648 | is_expr = 0;
|
---|
| 4649 | goto block_after_label;
|
---|
| 4650 | } else
|
---|
| 4651 | if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
|
---|
| 4652 | next();
|
---|
| 4653 | if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
|
---|
| 4654 | /* computed goto */
|
---|
| 4655 | next();
|
---|
| 4656 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4657 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
|
---|
| 4658 | expect("pointer");
|
---|
| 4659 | ggoto();
|
---|
| 4660 | } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
|
---|
| 4661 | s = label_find(tok);
|
---|
| 4662 | /* put forward definition if needed */
|
---|
| 4663 | if (!s) {
|
---|
| 4664 | s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
|
---|
| 4665 | } else {
|
---|
| 4666 | if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
|
---|
| 4667 | s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
|
---|
| 4668 | }
|
---|
| 4669 | /* label already defined */
|
---|
| 4670 | if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
|
---|
| 4671 | s->jnext = gjmp(s->jnext);
|
---|
| 4672 | else
|
---|
| 4673 | gjmp_addr(s->jnext);
|
---|
| 4674 | next();
|
---|
| 4675 | } else {
|
---|
| 4676 | expect("label identifier");
|
---|
| 4677 | }
|
---|
| 4678 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4679 | } else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
|
---|
| 4680 | asm_instr();
|
---|
| 4681 | } else {
|
---|
| 4682 | b = is_label();
|
---|
| 4683 | if (b) {
|
---|
| 4684 | /* label case */
|
---|
| 4685 | s = label_find(b);
|
---|
| 4686 | if (s) {
|
---|
| 4687 | if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
|
---|
| 4688 | tcc_error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
|
---|
| 4689 | gsym(s->jnext);
|
---|
| 4690 | s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
|
---|
| 4691 | } else {
|
---|
| 4692 | s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
|
---|
| 4693 | }
|
---|
| 4694 | s->jnext = ind;
|
---|
| 4695 | /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
|
---|
| 4696 | block_after_label:
|
---|
| 4697 | if (tok == '}') {
|
---|
| 4698 | tcc_warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
|
---|
| 4699 | } else {
|
---|
| 4700 | if (is_expr)
|
---|
| 4701 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4702 | block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
|
---|
| 4703 | }
|
---|
| 4704 | } else {
|
---|
| 4705 | /* expression case */
|
---|
| 4706 | if (tok != ';') {
|
---|
| 4707 | if (is_expr) {
|
---|
| 4708 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4709 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4710 | } else {
|
---|
| 4711 | gexpr();
|
---|
| 4712 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4713 | }
|
---|
| 4714 | }
|
---|
| 4715 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 4716 | }
|
---|
| 4717 | }
|
---|
| 4718 | }
|
---|
| 4719 |
|
---|
| 4720 | /* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
|
---|
| 4721 | address. cur_index/cur_field is the pointer to the current
|
---|
| 4722 | value. 'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
|
---|
| 4723 | in arrays) */
|
---|
| 4724 | static void decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
|
---|
| 4725 | int *cur_index, Sym **cur_field,
|
---|
| 4726 | int size_only)
|
---|
| 4727 | {
|
---|
| 4728 | Sym *s, *f;
|
---|
| 4729 | int notfirst, index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
|
---|
| 4730 | CType type1;
|
---|
| 4731 |
|
---|
| 4732 | notfirst = 0;
|
---|
| 4733 | elem_size = 0;
|
---|
| 4734 | nb_elems = 1;
|
---|
| 4735 | if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
|
---|
| 4736 | goto struct_field;
|
---|
| 4737 | while (tok == '[' || tok == '.') {
|
---|
| 4738 | if (tok == '[') {
|
---|
| 4739 | if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
|
---|
| 4740 | expect("array type");
|
---|
| 4741 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
| 4742 | next();
|
---|
| 4743 | index = expr_const();
|
---|
| 4744 | if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index >= s->c))
|
---|
| 4745 | expect("invalid index");
|
---|
| 4746 | if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
|
---|
| 4747 | next();
|
---|
| 4748 | index_last = expr_const();
|
---|
| 4749 | if (index_last < 0 ||
|
---|
| 4750 | (s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
|
---|
| 4751 | index_last < index)
|
---|
| 4752 | expect("invalid index");
|
---|
| 4753 | } else {
|
---|
| 4754 | index_last = index;
|
---|
| 4755 | }
|
---|
| 4756 | skip(']');
|
---|
| 4757 | if (!notfirst)
|
---|
| 4758 | *cur_index = index_last;
|
---|
| 4759 | type = pointed_type(type);
|
---|
| 4760 | elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
| 4761 | c += index * elem_size;
|
---|
| 4762 | /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
|
---|
| 4763 | nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
|
---|
| 4764 | if (nb_elems != 1) {
|
---|
| 4765 | notfirst = 1;
|
---|
| 4766 | break;
|
---|
| 4767 | }
|
---|
| 4768 | } else {
|
---|
| 4769 | next();
|
---|
| 4770 | l = tok;
|
---|
| 4771 | next();
|
---|
| 4772 | struct_field:
|
---|
| 4773 | if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
---|
| 4774 | expect("struct/union type");
|
---|
| 4775 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
| 4776 | l |= SYM_FIELD;
|
---|
| 4777 | f = s->next;
|
---|
| 4778 | while (f) {
|
---|
| 4779 | if (f->v == l)
|
---|
| 4780 | break;
|
---|
| 4781 | f = f->next;
|
---|
| 4782 | }
|
---|
| 4783 | if (!f)
|
---|
| 4784 | expect("field");
|
---|
| 4785 | if (!notfirst)
|
---|
| 4786 | *cur_field = f;
|
---|
| 4787 | /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
|
---|
| 4788 | type1 = f->type;
|
---|
| 4789 | type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
|
---|
| 4790 | type = &type1;
|
---|
| 4791 | c += f->c;
|
---|
| 4792 | }
|
---|
| 4793 | notfirst = 1;
|
---|
| 4794 | }
|
---|
| 4795 | if (notfirst) {
|
---|
| 4796 | if (tok == '=') {
|
---|
| 4797 | next();
|
---|
| 4798 | } else {
|
---|
| 4799 | if (!gnu_ext)
|
---|
| 4800 | expect("=");
|
---|
| 4801 | }
|
---|
| 4802 | } else {
|
---|
| 4803 | if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
| 4804 | index = *cur_index;
|
---|
| 4805 | type = pointed_type(type);
|
---|
| 4806 | c += index * type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
| 4807 | } else {
|
---|
| 4808 | f = *cur_field;
|
---|
| 4809 | if (!f)
|
---|
| 4810 | tcc_error("too many field init");
|
---|
| 4811 | /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
|
---|
| 4812 | type1 = f->type;
|
---|
| 4813 | type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
|
---|
| 4814 | type = &type1;
|
---|
| 4815 | c += f->c;
|
---|
| 4816 | }
|
---|
| 4817 | }
|
---|
| 4818 | decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
|
---|
| 4819 |
|
---|
| 4820 | /* XXX: make it more general */
|
---|
| 4821 | if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
|
---|
| 4822 | unsigned long c_end;
|
---|
| 4823 | uint8_t *src, *dst;
|
---|
| 4824 | int i;
|
---|
| 4825 |
|
---|
| 4826 | if (!sec)
|
---|
| 4827 | tcc_error("range init not supported yet for dynamic storage");
|
---|
| 4828 | c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
|
---|
| 4829 | if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
|
---|
| 4830 | section_realloc(sec, c_end);
|
---|
| 4831 | src = sec->data + c;
|
---|
| 4832 | dst = src;
|
---|
| 4833 | for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
|
---|
| 4834 | dst += elem_size;
|
---|
| 4835 | memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
|
---|
| 4836 | }
|
---|
| 4837 | }
|
---|
| 4838 | }
|
---|
| 4839 |
|
---|
| 4840 | #define EXPR_VAL 0
|
---|
| 4841 | #define EXPR_CONST 1
|
---|
| 4842 | #define EXPR_ANY 2
|
---|
| 4843 |
|
---|
| 4844 | /* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
|
---|
| 4845 | static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
|
---|
| 4846 | int v, int expr_type)
|
---|
| 4847 | {
|
---|
| 4848 | int saved_global_expr, bt, bit_pos, bit_size;
|
---|
| 4849 | void *ptr;
|
---|
| 4850 | unsigned long long bit_mask;
|
---|
| 4851 | CType dtype;
|
---|
| 4852 |
|
---|
| 4853 | switch(expr_type) {
|
---|
| 4854 | case EXPR_VAL:
|
---|
| 4855 | vpushi(v);
|
---|
| 4856 | break;
|
---|
| 4857 | case EXPR_CONST:
|
---|
| 4858 | /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
|
---|
| 4859 | saved_global_expr = global_expr;
|
---|
| 4860 | global_expr = 1;
|
---|
| 4861 | expr_const1();
|
---|
| 4862 | global_expr = saved_global_expr;
|
---|
| 4863 | /* NOTE: symbols are accepted */
|
---|
| 4864 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST)
|
---|
| 4865 | tcc_error("initializer element is not constant");
|
---|
| 4866 | break;
|
---|
| 4867 | case EXPR_ANY:
|
---|
| 4868 | expr_eq();
|
---|
| 4869 | break;
|
---|
| 4870 | }
|
---|
| 4871 |
|
---|
| 4872 | dtype = *type;
|
---|
| 4873 | dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
|
---|
| 4874 |
|
---|
| 4875 | if (sec) {
|
---|
| 4876 | /* XXX: not portable */
|
---|
| 4877 | /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
|
---|
| 4878 | gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
|
---|
| 4879 | bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
| 4880 | /* we'll write at most 12 bytes */
|
---|
| 4881 | if (c + 12 > sec->data_allocated) {
|
---|
| 4882 | section_realloc(sec, c + 12);
|
---|
| 4883 | }
|
---|
| 4884 | ptr = sec->data + c;
|
---|
| 4885 | /* XXX: make code faster ? */
|
---|
| 4886 | if (!(type->t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
|
---|
| 4887 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
| 4888 | bit_size = 32;
|
---|
| 4889 | bit_mask = -1LL;
|
---|
| 4890 | } else {
|
---|
| 4891 | bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
|
---|
| 4892 | bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
|
---|
| 4893 | bit_mask = (1LL << bit_size) - 1;
|
---|
| 4894 | }
|
---|
| 4895 | if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) &&
|
---|
| 4896 | (bt == VT_BYTE ||
|
---|
| 4897 | bt == VT_SHORT ||
|
---|
| 4898 | bt == VT_DOUBLE ||
|
---|
| 4899 | bt == VT_LDOUBLE ||
|
---|
| 4900 | bt == VT_LLONG ||
|
---|
| 4901 | (bt == VT_INT && bit_size != 32)))
|
---|
| 4902 | tcc_error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
|
---|
| 4903 | switch(bt) {
|
---|
| 4904 | case VT_BOOL:
|
---|
| 4905 | vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.i != 0);
|
---|
| 4906 | case VT_BYTE:
|
---|
| 4907 | *(char *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
|
---|
| 4908 | break;
|
---|
| 4909 | case VT_SHORT:
|
---|
| 4910 | *(short *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
|
---|
| 4911 | break;
|
---|
| 4912 | case VT_DOUBLE:
|
---|
| 4913 | *(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
|
---|
| 4914 | break;
|
---|
| 4915 | case VT_LDOUBLE:
|
---|
| 4916 | *(long double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
| 4917 | break;
|
---|
| 4918 | case VT_LLONG:
|
---|
| 4919 | *(long long *)ptr |= (vtop->c.ll & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
|
---|
| 4920 | break;
|
---|
| 4921 | default:
|
---|
| 4922 | if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
|
---|
| 4923 | greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR);
|
---|
| 4924 | }
|
---|
| 4925 | *(int *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
|
---|
| 4926 | break;
|
---|
| 4927 | }
|
---|
| 4928 | vtop--;
|
---|
| 4929 | } else {
|
---|
| 4930 | vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
|
---|
| 4931 | vswap();
|
---|
| 4932 | vstore();
|
---|
| 4933 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4934 | }
|
---|
| 4935 | }
|
---|
| 4936 |
|
---|
| 4937 | /* put zeros for variable based init */
|
---|
| 4938 | static void init_putz(CType *t, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
|
---|
| 4939 | {
|
---|
| 4940 | if (sec) {
|
---|
| 4941 | /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
|
---|
| 4942 | } else {
|
---|
| 4943 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
|
---|
| 4944 | vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
|
---|
| 4945 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
| 4946 | vpushi(size);
|
---|
| 4947 | gfunc_call(3);
|
---|
| 4948 | }
|
---|
| 4949 | }
|
---|
| 4950 |
|
---|
| 4951 | /* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
|
---|
| 4952 | object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
|
---|
| 4953 | allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
|
---|
| 4954 | dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
|
---|
| 4955 | size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
|
---|
| 4956 | static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
|
---|
| 4957 | int first, int size_only)
|
---|
| 4958 | {
|
---|
| 4959 | int index, array_length, n, no_oblock, nb, parlevel, parlevel1, i;
|
---|
| 4960 | int size1, align1, expr_type;
|
---|
| 4961 | Sym *s, *f;
|
---|
| 4962 | CType *t1;
|
---|
| 4963 |
|
---|
| 4964 | if (type->t & VT_VLA) {
|
---|
| 4965 | #if defined TCC_TARGET_I386 || defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
| 4966 | int a;
|
---|
| 4967 | CValue retcval;
|
---|
| 4968 |
|
---|
| 4969 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_alloca);
|
---|
| 4970 | vla_runtime_type_size(type, &a);
|
---|
| 4971 | gfunc_call(1);
|
---|
| 4972 |
|
---|
| 4973 | /* return value */
|
---|
| 4974 | retcval.i = 0;
|
---|
| 4975 | vsetc(type, REG_IRET, &retcval);
|
---|
| 4976 | vset(type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
|
---|
| 4977 | vswap();
|
---|
| 4978 | vstore();
|
---|
| 4979 | vpop();
|
---|
| 4980 | #else
|
---|
| 4981 | tcc_error("variable length arrays unsupported for this target");
|
---|
| 4982 | #endif
|
---|
| 4983 | } else if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
| 4984 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
| 4985 | n = s->c;
|
---|
| 4986 | array_length = 0;
|
---|
| 4987 | t1 = pointed_type(type);
|
---|
| 4988 | size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
|
---|
| 4989 |
|
---|
| 4990 | no_oblock = 1;
|
---|
| 4991 | if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
|
---|
| 4992 | tok == '{') {
|
---|
| 4993 | if (tok != '{')
|
---|
| 4994 | tcc_error("character array initializer must be a literal,"
|
---|
| 4995 | " optionally enclosed in braces");
|
---|
| 4996 | skip('{');
|
---|
| 4997 | no_oblock = 0;
|
---|
| 4998 | }
|
---|
| 4999 |
|
---|
| 5000 | /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
|
---|
| 5001 | them as ((w)char *) expressions */
|
---|
| 5002 | if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
|
---|
| 5003 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
| 5004 | (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
| 5005 | #else
|
---|
| 5006 | (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
|
---|
| 5007 | #endif
|
---|
| 5008 | ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
|
---|
| 5009 | while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
|
---|
| 5010 | int cstr_len, ch;
|
---|
| 5011 | CString *cstr;
|
---|
| 5012 |
|
---|
| 5013 | cstr = tokc.cstr;
|
---|
| 5014 | /* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
|
---|
| 5015 | if (tok == TOK_STR)
|
---|
| 5016 | cstr_len = cstr->size;
|
---|
| 5017 | else
|
---|
| 5018 | cstr_len = cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
|
---|
| 5019 | cstr_len--;
|
---|
| 5020 | nb = cstr_len;
|
---|
| 5021 | if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - array_length))
|
---|
| 5022 | nb = n - array_length;
|
---|
| 5023 | if (!size_only) {
|
---|
| 5024 | if (cstr_len > nb)
|
---|
| 5025 | tcc_warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
|
---|
| 5026 | /* in order to go faster for common case (char
|
---|
| 5027 | string in global variable, we handle it
|
---|
| 5028 | specifically */
|
---|
| 5029 | if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
|
---|
| 5030 | memcpy(sec->data + c + array_length, cstr->data, nb);
|
---|
| 5031 | } else {
|
---|
| 5032 | for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
|
---|
| 5033 | if (tok == TOK_STR)
|
---|
| 5034 | ch = ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i];
|
---|
| 5035 | else
|
---|
| 5036 | ch = ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i];
|
---|
| 5037 | init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length + i) * size1,
|
---|
| 5038 | ch, EXPR_VAL);
|
---|
| 5039 | }
|
---|
| 5040 | }
|
---|
| 5041 | }
|
---|
| 5042 | array_length += nb;
|
---|
| 5043 | next();
|
---|
| 5044 | }
|
---|
| 5045 | /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
|
---|
| 5046 | warning in this case since it is standard) */
|
---|
| 5047 | if (n < 0 || array_length < n) {
|
---|
| 5048 | if (!size_only) {
|
---|
| 5049 | init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length * size1), 0, EXPR_VAL);
|
---|
| 5050 | }
|
---|
| 5051 | array_length++;
|
---|
| 5052 | }
|
---|
| 5053 | } else {
|
---|
| 5054 | index = 0;
|
---|
| 5055 | while (tok != '}') {
|
---|
| 5056 | decl_designator(type, sec, c, &index, NULL, size_only);
|
---|
| 5057 | if (n >= 0 && index >= n)
|
---|
| 5058 | tcc_error("index too large");
|
---|
| 5059 | /* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
|
---|
| 5060 | ensures that it even works with designators) */
|
---|
| 5061 | if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
|
---|
| 5062 | init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
|
---|
| 5063 | (index - array_length) * size1);
|
---|
| 5064 | }
|
---|
| 5065 | index++;
|
---|
| 5066 | if (index > array_length)
|
---|
| 5067 | array_length = index;
|
---|
| 5068 | /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
|
---|
| 5069 | be strictly correct if designators are used at the
|
---|
| 5070 | same time) */
|
---|
| 5071 | if (index >= n && no_oblock)
|
---|
| 5072 | break;
|
---|
| 5073 | if (tok == '}')
|
---|
| 5074 | break;
|
---|
| 5075 | skip(',');
|
---|
| 5076 | }
|
---|
| 5077 | }
|
---|
| 5078 | if (!no_oblock)
|
---|
| 5079 | skip('}');
|
---|
| 5080 | /* put zeros at the end */
|
---|
| 5081 | if (!size_only && n >= 0 && array_length < n) {
|
---|
| 5082 | init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
|
---|
| 5083 | (n - array_length) * size1);
|
---|
| 5084 | }
|
---|
| 5085 | /* patch type size if needed */
|
---|
| 5086 | if (n < 0)
|
---|
| 5087 | s->c = array_length;
|
---|
| 5088 | } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
|
---|
| 5089 | (sec || !first || tok == '{')) {
|
---|
| 5090 | int par_count;
|
---|
| 5091 |
|
---|
| 5092 | /* NOTE: the previous test is a specific case for automatic
|
---|
| 5093 | struct/union init */
|
---|
| 5094 | /* XXX: union needs only one init */
|
---|
| 5095 |
|
---|
| 5096 | /* XXX: this test is incorrect for local initializers
|
---|
| 5097 | beginning with ( without {. It would be much more difficult
|
---|
| 5098 | to do it correctly (ideally, the expression parser should
|
---|
| 5099 | be used in all cases) */
|
---|
| 5100 | par_count = 0;
|
---|
| 5101 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
| 5102 | AttributeDef ad1;
|
---|
| 5103 | CType type1;
|
---|
| 5104 | next();
|
---|
| 5105 | while (tok == '(') {
|
---|
| 5106 | par_count++;
|
---|
| 5107 | next();
|
---|
| 5108 | }
|
---|
| 5109 | if (!parse_btype(&type1, &ad1))
|
---|
| 5110 | expect("cast");
|
---|
| 5111 | type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
| 5112 | #if 0
|
---|
| 5113 | if (!is_assignable_types(type, &type1))
|
---|
| 5114 | tcc_error("invalid type for cast");
|
---|
| 5115 | #endif
|
---|
| 5116 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 5117 | }
|
---|
| 5118 | no_oblock = 1;
|
---|
| 5119 | if (first || tok == '{') {
|
---|
| 5120 | skip('{');
|
---|
| 5121 | no_oblock = 0;
|
---|
| 5122 | }
|
---|
| 5123 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
| 5124 | f = s->next;
|
---|
| 5125 | array_length = 0;
|
---|
| 5126 | index = 0;
|
---|
| 5127 | n = s->c;
|
---|
| 5128 | while (tok != '}') {
|
---|
| 5129 | decl_designator(type, sec, c, NULL, &f, size_only);
|
---|
| 5130 | index = f->c;
|
---|
| 5131 | if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
|
---|
| 5132 | init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
|
---|
| 5133 | index - array_length);
|
---|
| 5134 | }
|
---|
| 5135 | index = index + type_size(&f->type, &align1);
|
---|
| 5136 | if (index > array_length)
|
---|
| 5137 | array_length = index;
|
---|
| 5138 |
|
---|
| 5139 | /* gr: skip fields from same union - ugly. */
|
---|
| 5140 | while (f->next) {
|
---|
| 5141 | ///printf("index: %2d %08x -- %2d %08x\n", f->c, f->type.t, f->next->c, f->next->type.t);
|
---|
| 5142 | /* test for same offset */
|
---|
| 5143 | if (f->next->c != f->c)
|
---|
| 5144 | break;
|
---|
| 5145 | /* if yes, test for bitfield shift */
|
---|
| 5146 | if ((f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) && (f->next->type.t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
|
---|
| 5147 | int bit_pos_1 = (f->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
|
---|
| 5148 | int bit_pos_2 = (f->next->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
|
---|
| 5149 | //printf("bitfield %d %d\n", bit_pos_1, bit_pos_2);
|
---|
| 5150 | if (bit_pos_1 != bit_pos_2)
|
---|
| 5151 | break;
|
---|
| 5152 | }
|
---|
| 5153 | f = f->next;
|
---|
| 5154 | }
|
---|
| 5155 |
|
---|
| 5156 | f = f->next;
|
---|
| 5157 | if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
|
---|
| 5158 | break;
|
---|
| 5159 | if (tok == '}')
|
---|
| 5160 | break;
|
---|
| 5161 | skip(',');
|
---|
| 5162 | }
|
---|
| 5163 | /* put zeros at the end */
|
---|
| 5164 | if (!size_only && array_length < n) {
|
---|
| 5165 | init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
|
---|
| 5166 | n - array_length);
|
---|
| 5167 | }
|
---|
| 5168 | if (!no_oblock)
|
---|
| 5169 | skip('}');
|
---|
| 5170 | while (par_count) {
|
---|
| 5171 | skip(')');
|
---|
| 5172 | par_count--;
|
---|
| 5173 | }
|
---|
| 5174 | } else if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
| 5175 | next();
|
---|
| 5176 | decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
|
---|
| 5177 | skip('}');
|
---|
| 5178 | } else if (size_only) {
|
---|
| 5179 | /* just skip expression */
|
---|
| 5180 | parlevel = parlevel1 = 0;
|
---|
| 5181 | while ((parlevel > 0 || parlevel1 > 0 ||
|
---|
| 5182 | (tok != '}' && tok != ',')) && tok != -1) {
|
---|
| 5183 | if (tok == '(')
|
---|
| 5184 | parlevel++;
|
---|
| 5185 | else if (tok == ')')
|
---|
| 5186 | parlevel--;
|
---|
| 5187 | else if (tok == '{')
|
---|
| 5188 | parlevel1++;
|
---|
| 5189 | else if (tok == '}')
|
---|
| 5190 | parlevel1--;
|
---|
| 5191 | next();
|
---|
| 5192 | }
|
---|
| 5193 | } else {
|
---|
| 5194 | /* currently, we always use constant expression for globals
|
---|
| 5195 | (may change for scripting case) */
|
---|
| 5196 | expr_type = EXPR_CONST;
|
---|
| 5197 | if (!sec)
|
---|
| 5198 | expr_type = EXPR_ANY;
|
---|
| 5199 | init_putv(type, sec, c, 0, expr_type);
|
---|
| 5200 | }
|
---|
| 5201 | }
|
---|
| 5202 |
|
---|
| 5203 | /* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
|
---|
| 5204 | allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
|
---|
| 5205 | VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
|
---|
| 5206 | variable 'v' with an associated name represented by 'asm_label' of
|
---|
| 5207 | scope 'scope' is declared before initializers are parsed. If 'v' is
|
---|
| 5208 | zero, then a reference to the new object is put in the value stack.
|
---|
| 5209 | If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing is done to handle string
|
---|
| 5210 | constants. */
|
---|
| 5211 | static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
|
---|
| 5212 | int has_init, int v, char *asm_label,
|
---|
| 5213 | int scope)
|
---|
| 5214 | {
|
---|
| 5215 | int size, align, addr, data_offset;
|
---|
| 5216 | int level;
|
---|
| 5217 | ParseState saved_parse_state = {0};
|
---|
| 5218 | TokenString init_str;
|
---|
| 5219 | Section *sec;
|
---|
| 5220 | Sym *flexible_array;
|
---|
| 5221 |
|
---|
| 5222 | flexible_array = NULL;
|
---|
| 5223 | if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
| 5224 | Sym *field;
|
---|
| 5225 | field = type->ref;
|
---|
| 5226 | while (field && field->next)
|
---|
| 5227 | field = field->next;
|
---|
| 5228 | if (field->type.t & VT_ARRAY && field->type.ref->c < 0)
|
---|
| 5229 | flexible_array = field;
|
---|
| 5230 | }
|
---|
| 5231 |
|
---|
| 5232 | size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
| 5233 | /* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
|
---|
| 5234 | evaluating initializers because
|
---|
| 5235 | initializers can generate global data too
|
---|
| 5236 | (e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
|
---|
| 5237 | literals). It also simplifies local
|
---|
| 5238 | initializers handling */
|
---|
| 5239 | tok_str_new(&init_str);
|
---|
| 5240 | if (size < 0 || (flexible_array && has_init)) {
|
---|
| 5241 | if (!has_init)
|
---|
| 5242 | tcc_error("unknown type size");
|
---|
| 5243 | /* get all init string */
|
---|
| 5244 | if (has_init == 2) {
|
---|
| 5245 | /* only get strings */
|
---|
| 5246 | while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
|
---|
| 5247 | tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
|
---|
| 5248 | next();
|
---|
| 5249 | }
|
---|
| 5250 | } else {
|
---|
| 5251 | level = 0;
|
---|
| 5252 | while (level > 0 || (tok != ',' && tok != ';')) {
|
---|
| 5253 | if (tok < 0)
|
---|
| 5254 | tcc_error("unexpected end of file in initializer");
|
---|
| 5255 | tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
|
---|
| 5256 | if (tok == '{')
|
---|
| 5257 | level++;
|
---|
| 5258 | else if (tok == '}') {
|
---|
| 5259 | level--;
|
---|
| 5260 | if (level <= 0) {
|
---|
| 5261 | next();
|
---|
| 5262 | break;
|
---|
| 5263 | }
|
---|
| 5264 | }
|
---|
| 5265 | next();
|
---|
| 5266 | }
|
---|
| 5267 | }
|
---|
| 5268 | tok_str_add(&init_str, -1);
|
---|
| 5269 | tok_str_add(&init_str, 0);
|
---|
| 5270 |
|
---|
| 5271 | /* compute size */
|
---|
| 5272 | save_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
|
---|
| 5273 |
|
---|
| 5274 | macro_ptr = init_str.str;
|
---|
| 5275 | next();
|
---|
| 5276 | decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
|
---|
| 5277 | /* prepare second initializer parsing */
|
---|
| 5278 | macro_ptr = init_str.str;
|
---|
| 5279 | next();
|
---|
| 5280 |
|
---|
| 5281 | /* if still unknown size, error */
|
---|
| 5282 | size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
| 5283 | if (size < 0)
|
---|
| 5284 | tcc_error("unknown type size");
|
---|
| 5285 | }
|
---|
| 5286 | if (flexible_array)
|
---|
| 5287 | size += flexible_array->type.ref->c * pointed_size(&flexible_array->type);
|
---|
| 5288 | /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
|
---|
| 5289 | if (ad->aligned) {
|
---|
| 5290 | if (ad->aligned > align)
|
---|
| 5291 | align = ad->aligned;
|
---|
| 5292 | } else if (ad->packed) {
|
---|
| 5293 | align = 1;
|
---|
| 5294 | }
|
---|
| 5295 | if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
|
---|
| 5296 | sec = NULL;
|
---|
| 5297 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 5298 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
---|
| 5299 | loc--;
|
---|
| 5300 | }
|
---|
| 5301 | #endif
|
---|
| 5302 | loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
---|
| 5303 | addr = loc;
|
---|
| 5304 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 5305 | /* handles bounds */
|
---|
| 5306 | /* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
|
---|
| 5307 | '&' operators, so we add only arrays */
|
---|
| 5308 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
---|
| 5309 | unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
|
---|
| 5310 | /* add padding between regions */
|
---|
| 5311 | loc--;
|
---|
| 5312 | /* then add local bound info */
|
---|
| 5313 | bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(unsigned long));
|
---|
| 5314 | bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
|
---|
| 5315 | bounds_ptr[1] = size;
|
---|
| 5316 | }
|
---|
| 5317 | #endif
|
---|
| 5318 | if (v) {
|
---|
| 5319 | /* local variable */
|
---|
| 5320 | sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
|
---|
| 5321 | } else {
|
---|
| 5322 | /* push local reference */
|
---|
| 5323 | vset(type, r, addr);
|
---|
| 5324 | }
|
---|
| 5325 | } else {
|
---|
| 5326 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
| 5327 |
|
---|
| 5328 | sym = NULL;
|
---|
| 5329 | if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
| 5330 | /* see if the symbol was already defined */
|
---|
| 5331 | sym = sym_find(v);
|
---|
| 5332 | if (sym) {
|
---|
| 5333 | if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type))
|
---|
| 5334 | tcc_error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
| 5335 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 5336 | if (sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN) {
|
---|
| 5337 | /* if the variable is extern, it was not allocated */
|
---|
| 5338 | sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
| 5339 | /* set array size if it was ommited in extern
|
---|
| 5340 | declaration */
|
---|
| 5341 | if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) &&
|
---|
| 5342 | sym->type.ref->c < 0 &&
|
---|
| 5343 | type->ref->c >= 0)
|
---|
| 5344 | sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
|
---|
| 5345 | } else {
|
---|
| 5346 | /* we accept several definitions of the same
|
---|
| 5347 | global variable. this is tricky, because we
|
---|
| 5348 | must play with the SHN_COMMON type of the symbol */
|
---|
| 5349 | /* XXX: should check if the variable was already
|
---|
| 5350 | initialized. It is incorrect to initialized it
|
---|
| 5351 | twice */
|
---|
| 5352 | /* no init data, we won't add more to the symbol */
|
---|
| 5353 | if (!has_init)
|
---|
| 5354 | goto no_alloc;
|
---|
| 5355 | }
|
---|
| 5356 | }
|
---|
| 5357 | }
|
---|
| 5358 |
|
---|
| 5359 | /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
|
---|
| 5360 | sec = ad->section;
|
---|
| 5361 | if (!sec) {
|
---|
| 5362 | if (has_init)
|
---|
| 5363 | sec = data_section;
|
---|
| 5364 | else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
|
---|
| 5365 | sec = bss_section;
|
---|
| 5366 | }
|
---|
| 5367 | if (sec) {
|
---|
| 5368 | data_offset = sec->data_offset;
|
---|
| 5369 | data_offset = (data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
|
---|
| 5370 | addr = data_offset;
|
---|
| 5371 | /* very important to increment global pointer at this time
|
---|
| 5372 | because initializers themselves can create new initializers */
|
---|
| 5373 | data_offset += size;
|
---|
| 5374 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 5375 | /* add padding if bound check */
|
---|
| 5376 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
|
---|
| 5377 | data_offset++;
|
---|
| 5378 | #endif
|
---|
| 5379 | sec->data_offset = data_offset;
|
---|
| 5380 | /* allocate section space to put the data */
|
---|
| 5381 | if (sec->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS &&
|
---|
| 5382 | data_offset > sec->data_allocated)
|
---|
| 5383 | section_realloc(sec, data_offset);
|
---|
| 5384 | /* align section if needed */
|
---|
| 5385 | if (align > sec->sh_addralign)
|
---|
| 5386 | sec->sh_addralign = align;
|
---|
| 5387 | } else {
|
---|
| 5388 | addr = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
---|
| 5389 | }
|
---|
| 5390 |
|
---|
| 5391 | if (v) {
|
---|
| 5392 | if (scope != VT_CONST || !sym) {
|
---|
| 5393 | sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
|
---|
| 5394 | sym->asm_label = asm_label;
|
---|
| 5395 | }
|
---|
| 5396 | /* update symbol definition */
|
---|
| 5397 | if (sec) {
|
---|
| 5398 | put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
|
---|
| 5399 | } else {
|
---|
| 5400 | ElfW(Sym) *esym;
|
---|
| 5401 | /* put a common area */
|
---|
| 5402 | put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, align, size);
|
---|
| 5403 | /* XXX: find a nicer way */
|
---|
| 5404 | esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
|
---|
| 5405 | esym->st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
|
---|
| 5406 | }
|
---|
| 5407 | } else {
|
---|
| 5408 | CValue cval;
|
---|
| 5409 |
|
---|
| 5410 | /* push global reference */
|
---|
| 5411 | sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
|
---|
| 5412 | cval.ul = 0;
|
---|
| 5413 | vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
|
---|
| 5414 | vtop->sym = sym;
|
---|
| 5415 | }
|
---|
| 5416 | /* patch symbol weakness */
|
---|
| 5417 | if (type->t & VT_WEAK)
|
---|
| 5418 | weaken_symbol(sym);
|
---|
| 5419 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
| 5420 | /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
|
---|
| 5421 | before for the relocation */
|
---|
| 5422 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check) {
|
---|
| 5423 | unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
|
---|
| 5424 |
|
---|
| 5425 | greloc(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_PTR);
|
---|
| 5426 | /* then add global bound info */
|
---|
| 5427 | bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(long));
|
---|
| 5428 | bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
|
---|
| 5429 | bounds_ptr[1] = size;
|
---|
| 5430 | }
|
---|
| 5431 | #endif
|
---|
| 5432 | }
|
---|
| 5433 | if (has_init || (type->t & VT_VLA)) {
|
---|
| 5434 | decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
|
---|
| 5435 | /* restore parse state if needed */
|
---|
| 5436 | if (init_str.str) {
|
---|
| 5437 | tok_str_free(init_str.str);
|
---|
| 5438 | restore_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
|
---|
| 5439 | }
|
---|
| 5440 | /* patch flexible array member size back to -1, */
|
---|
| 5441 | /* for possible subsequent similar declarations */
|
---|
| 5442 | if (flexible_array)
|
---|
| 5443 | flexible_array->type.ref->c = -1;
|
---|
| 5444 | }
|
---|
| 5445 | no_alloc: ;
|
---|
| 5446 | }
|
---|
| 5447 |
|
---|
| 5448 | static void put_func_debug(Sym *sym)
|
---|
| 5449 | {
|
---|
| 5450 | char buf[512];
|
---|
| 5451 |
|
---|
| 5452 | /* stabs info */
|
---|
| 5453 | /* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
|
---|
| 5454 | snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
|
---|
| 5455 | funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
|
---|
| 5456 | put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
|
---|
| 5457 | cur_text_section, sym->c);
|
---|
| 5458 | /* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
|
---|
| 5459 | put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
|
---|
| 5460 | last_ind = 0;
|
---|
| 5461 | last_line_num = 0;
|
---|
| 5462 | }
|
---|
| 5463 |
|
---|
| 5464 | /* parse an old style function declaration list */
|
---|
| 5465 | /* XXX: check multiple parameter */
|
---|
| 5466 | static void func_decl_list(Sym *func_sym)
|
---|
| 5467 | {
|
---|
| 5468 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
| 5469 | int v;
|
---|
| 5470 | Sym *s;
|
---|
| 5471 | CType btype, type;
|
---|
| 5472 |
|
---|
| 5473 | /* parse each declaration */
|
---|
| 5474 | while (tok != '{' && tok != ';' && tok != ',' && tok != TOK_EOF &&
|
---|
| 5475 | tok != TOK_ASM1 && tok != TOK_ASM2 && tok != TOK_ASM3) {
|
---|
| 5476 | if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad))
|
---|
| 5477 | expect("declaration list");
|
---|
| 5478 | if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
|
---|
| 5479 | (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
|
---|
| 5480 | tok == ';') {
|
---|
| 5481 | /* we accept no variable after */
|
---|
| 5482 | } else {
|
---|
| 5483 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 5484 | type = btype;
|
---|
| 5485 | type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
|
---|
| 5486 | /* find parameter in function parameter list */
|
---|
| 5487 | s = func_sym->next;
|
---|
| 5488 | while (s != NULL) {
|
---|
| 5489 | if ((s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
|
---|
| 5490 | goto found;
|
---|
| 5491 | s = s->next;
|
---|
| 5492 | }
|
---|
| 5493 | tcc_error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
|
---|
| 5494 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 5495 | found:
|
---|
| 5496 | /* check that no storage specifier except 'register' was given */
|
---|
| 5497 | if (type.t & VT_STORAGE)
|
---|
| 5498 | tcc_error("storage class specified for '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 5499 | convert_parameter_type(&type);
|
---|
| 5500 | /* we can add the type (NOTE: it could be local to the function) */
|
---|
| 5501 | s->type = type;
|
---|
| 5502 | /* accept other parameters */
|
---|
| 5503 | if (tok == ',')
|
---|
| 5504 | next();
|
---|
| 5505 | else
|
---|
| 5506 | break;
|
---|
| 5507 | }
|
---|
| 5508 | }
|
---|
| 5509 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 5510 | }
|
---|
| 5511 | }
|
---|
| 5512 |
|
---|
| 5513 | /* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
|
---|
| 5514 | 'cur_text_section' */
|
---|
| 5515 | static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
|
---|
| 5516 | {
|
---|
| 5517 | int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 5518 | nocode_wanted = 0;
|
---|
| 5519 | ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
|
---|
| 5520 | /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
|
---|
| 5521 | put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
|
---|
| 5522 | funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
|
---|
| 5523 | func_ind = ind;
|
---|
| 5524 | /* put debug symbol */
|
---|
| 5525 | if (tcc_state->do_debug)
|
---|
| 5526 | put_func_debug(sym);
|
---|
| 5527 | /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
|
---|
| 5528 | sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 5529 | gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
|
---|
| 5530 | rsym = 0;
|
---|
| 5531 | block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 5532 | gsym(rsym);
|
---|
| 5533 | gfunc_epilog();
|
---|
| 5534 | cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
|
---|
| 5535 | label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL);
|
---|
| 5536 | /* reset local stack */
|
---|
| 5537 | scope_stack_bottom = NULL;
|
---|
| 5538 | sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL);
|
---|
| 5539 | /* end of function */
|
---|
| 5540 | /* patch symbol size */
|
---|
| 5541 | ((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c].st_size =
|
---|
| 5542 | ind - func_ind;
|
---|
| 5543 | /* patch symbol weakness (this definition overrules any prototype) */
|
---|
| 5544 | if (sym->type.t & VT_WEAK)
|
---|
| 5545 | weaken_symbol(sym);
|
---|
| 5546 | if (tcc_state->do_debug) {
|
---|
| 5547 | put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, ind - func_ind);
|
---|
| 5548 | }
|
---|
| 5549 | /* It's better to crash than to generate wrong code */
|
---|
| 5550 | cur_text_section = NULL;
|
---|
| 5551 | funcname = ""; /* for safety */
|
---|
| 5552 | func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
|
---|
| 5553 | ind = 0; /* for safety */
|
---|
| 5554 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
| 5555 | }
|
---|
| 5556 |
|
---|
| 5557 | ST_FUNC void gen_inline_functions(void)
|
---|
| 5558 | {
|
---|
| 5559 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
| 5560 | int *str, inline_generated, i;
|
---|
| 5561 | struct InlineFunc *fn;
|
---|
| 5562 |
|
---|
| 5563 | /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
|
---|
| 5564 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 5565 | inline_generated = 0;
|
---|
| 5566 | for (i = 0; i < tcc_state->nb_inline_fns; ++i) {
|
---|
| 5567 | fn = tcc_state->inline_fns[i];
|
---|
| 5568 | sym = fn->sym;
|
---|
| 5569 | if (sym && sym->c) {
|
---|
| 5570 | /* the function was used: generate its code and
|
---|
| 5571 | convert it to a normal function */
|
---|
| 5572 | str = fn->token_str;
|
---|
| 5573 | fn->sym = NULL;
|
---|
| 5574 | if (file)
|
---|
| 5575 | pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof file->filename, fn->filename);
|
---|
| 5576 | sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 5577 | sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
|
---|
| 5578 |
|
---|
| 5579 | macro_ptr = str;
|
---|
| 5580 | next();
|
---|
| 5581 | cur_text_section = text_section;
|
---|
| 5582 | gen_function(sym);
|
---|
| 5583 | macro_ptr = NULL; /* fail safe */
|
---|
| 5584 |
|
---|
| 5585 | inline_generated = 1;
|
---|
| 5586 | }
|
---|
| 5587 | }
|
---|
| 5588 | if (!inline_generated)
|
---|
| 5589 | break;
|
---|
| 5590 | }
|
---|
| 5591 | for (i = 0; i < tcc_state->nb_inline_fns; ++i) {
|
---|
| 5592 | fn = tcc_state->inline_fns[i];
|
---|
| 5593 | str = fn->token_str;
|
---|
| 5594 | tok_str_free(str);
|
---|
| 5595 | }
|
---|
| 5596 | dynarray_reset(&tcc_state->inline_fns, &tcc_state->nb_inline_fns);
|
---|
| 5597 | }
|
---|
| 5598 |
|
---|
| 5599 | /* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type */
|
---|
| 5600 | static int decl0(int l, int is_for_loop_init)
|
---|
| 5601 | {
|
---|
| 5602 | int v, has_init, r;
|
---|
| 5603 | CType type, btype;
|
---|
| 5604 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
| 5605 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
| 5606 |
|
---|
| 5607 | while (1) {
|
---|
| 5608 | if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
|
---|
| 5609 | if (is_for_loop_init)
|
---|
| 5610 | return 0;
|
---|
| 5611 | /* skip redundant ';' */
|
---|
| 5612 | /* XXX: find more elegant solution */
|
---|
| 5613 | if (tok == ';') {
|
---|
| 5614 | next();
|
---|
| 5615 | continue;
|
---|
| 5616 | }
|
---|
| 5617 | if (l == VT_CONST &&
|
---|
| 5618 | (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
|
---|
| 5619 | /* global asm block */
|
---|
| 5620 | asm_global_instr();
|
---|
| 5621 | continue;
|
---|
| 5622 | }
|
---|
| 5623 | /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
|
---|
| 5624 | type. Only accepted when defining global data */
|
---|
| 5625 | if (l == VT_LOCAL || tok < TOK_DEFINE)
|
---|
| 5626 | break;
|
---|
| 5627 | btype.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
| 5628 | }
|
---|
| 5629 | if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
|
---|
| 5630 | (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
|
---|
| 5631 | tok == ';') {
|
---|
| 5632 | /* we accept no variable after */
|
---|
| 5633 | next();
|
---|
| 5634 | continue;
|
---|
| 5635 | }
|
---|
| 5636 | while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
|
---|
| 5637 | char *asm_label; // associated asm label
|
---|
| 5638 | type = btype;
|
---|
| 5639 | type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
|
---|
| 5640 | #if 0
|
---|
| 5641 | {
|
---|
| 5642 | char buf[500];
|
---|
| 5643 | type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), t, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 5644 | printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
|
---|
| 5645 | }
|
---|
| 5646 | #endif
|
---|
| 5647 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 5648 | if ((type.t & VT_STATIC) && (l == VT_LOCAL)) {
|
---|
| 5649 | tcc_error("function without file scope cannot be static");
|
---|
| 5650 | }
|
---|
| 5651 | /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
|
---|
| 5652 | declaration list */
|
---|
| 5653 | sym = type.ref;
|
---|
| 5654 | if (sym->c == FUNC_OLD)
|
---|
| 5655 | func_decl_list(sym);
|
---|
| 5656 | }
|
---|
| 5657 |
|
---|
| 5658 | asm_label = NULL;
|
---|
| 5659 | if (gnu_ext && (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
|
---|
| 5660 | CString astr;
|
---|
| 5661 |
|
---|
| 5662 | asm_label_instr(&astr);
|
---|
| 5663 | asm_label = tcc_strdup(astr.data);
|
---|
| 5664 | cstr_free(&astr);
|
---|
| 5665 |
|
---|
| 5666 | /* parse one last attribute list, after asm label */
|
---|
| 5667 | parse_attribute(&ad);
|
---|
| 5668 | }
|
---|
| 5669 |
|
---|
| 5670 | if (ad.weak)
|
---|
| 5671 | type.t |= VT_WEAK;
|
---|
| 5672 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
| 5673 | if (ad.func_import)
|
---|
| 5674 | type.t |= VT_IMPORT;
|
---|
| 5675 | if (ad.func_export)
|
---|
| 5676 | type.t |= VT_EXPORT;
|
---|
| 5677 | #endif
|
---|
| 5678 | if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
| 5679 | if (l == VT_LOCAL)
|
---|
| 5680 | tcc_error("cannot use local functions");
|
---|
| 5681 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
|
---|
| 5682 | expect("function definition");
|
---|
| 5683 |
|
---|
| 5684 | /* reject abstract declarators in function definition */
|
---|
| 5685 | sym = type.ref;
|
---|
| 5686 | while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL)
|
---|
| 5687 | if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
|
---|
| 5688 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
| 5689 |
|
---|
| 5690 | /* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
|
---|
| 5691 | if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
|
---|
| 5692 | type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
|
---|
| 5693 |
|
---|
| 5694 | sym = sym_find(v);
|
---|
| 5695 | if (sym) {
|
---|
| 5696 | if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
|
---|
| 5697 | goto func_error1;
|
---|
| 5698 |
|
---|
| 5699 | r = sym->type.ref->r;
|
---|
| 5700 | /* use func_call from prototype if not defined */
|
---|
| 5701 | if (FUNC_CALL(r) != FUNC_CDECL
|
---|
| 5702 | && FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) == FUNC_CDECL)
|
---|
| 5703 | FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) = FUNC_CALL(r);
|
---|
| 5704 |
|
---|
| 5705 | /* use export from prototype */
|
---|
| 5706 | if (FUNC_EXPORT(r))
|
---|
| 5707 | FUNC_EXPORT(type.ref->r) = 1;
|
---|
| 5708 |
|
---|
| 5709 | /* use static from prototype */
|
---|
| 5710 | if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
|
---|
| 5711 | type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
|
---|
| 5712 |
|
---|
| 5713 | if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)) {
|
---|
| 5714 | func_error1:
|
---|
| 5715 | tcc_error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
| 5716 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
| 5717 | }
|
---|
| 5718 | /* if symbol is already defined, then put complete type */
|
---|
| 5719 | sym->type = type;
|
---|
| 5720 | } else {
|
---|
| 5721 | /* put function symbol */
|
---|
| 5722 | sym = global_identifier_push(v, type.t, 0);
|
---|
| 5723 | sym->type.ref = type.ref;
|
---|
| 5724 | }
|
---|
| 5725 |
|
---|
| 5726 | /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
|
---|
| 5727 | of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
|
---|
| 5728 | the compilation unit only if they are used */
|
---|
| 5729 | if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) ==
|
---|
| 5730 | (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
|
---|
| 5731 | TokenString func_str;
|
---|
| 5732 | int block_level;
|
---|
| 5733 | struct InlineFunc *fn;
|
---|
| 5734 | const char *filename;
|
---|
| 5735 |
|
---|
| 5736 | tok_str_new(&func_str);
|
---|
| 5737 |
|
---|
| 5738 | block_level = 0;
|
---|
| 5739 | for(;;) {
|
---|
| 5740 | int t;
|
---|
| 5741 | if (tok == TOK_EOF)
|
---|
| 5742 | tcc_error("unexpected end of file");
|
---|
| 5743 | tok_str_add_tok(&func_str);
|
---|
| 5744 | t = tok;
|
---|
| 5745 | next();
|
---|
| 5746 | if (t == '{') {
|
---|
| 5747 | block_level++;
|
---|
| 5748 | } else if (t == '}') {
|
---|
| 5749 | block_level--;
|
---|
| 5750 | if (block_level == 0)
|
---|
| 5751 | break;
|
---|
| 5752 | }
|
---|
| 5753 | }
|
---|
| 5754 | tok_str_add(&func_str, -1);
|
---|
| 5755 | tok_str_add(&func_str, 0);
|
---|
| 5756 | filename = file ? file->filename : "";
|
---|
| 5757 | fn = tcc_malloc(sizeof *fn + strlen(filename));
|
---|
| 5758 | strcpy(fn->filename, filename);
|
---|
| 5759 | fn->sym = sym;
|
---|
| 5760 | fn->token_str = func_str.str;
|
---|
| 5761 | dynarray_add((void ***)&tcc_state->inline_fns, &tcc_state->nb_inline_fns, fn);
|
---|
| 5762 |
|
---|
| 5763 | } else {
|
---|
| 5764 | /* compute text section */
|
---|
| 5765 | cur_text_section = ad.section;
|
---|
| 5766 | if (!cur_text_section)
|
---|
| 5767 | cur_text_section = text_section;
|
---|
| 5768 | sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 5769 | gen_function(sym);
|
---|
| 5770 | }
|
---|
| 5771 | break;
|
---|
| 5772 | } else {
|
---|
| 5773 | if (btype.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
|
---|
| 5774 | /* save typedefed type */
|
---|
| 5775 | /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
|
---|
| 5776 | sym = sym_push(v, &type, INT_ATTR(&ad), 0);
|
---|
| 5777 | sym->type.t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
|
---|
| 5778 | } else {
|
---|
| 5779 | r = 0;
|
---|
| 5780 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
| 5781 | /* external function definition */
|
---|
| 5782 | /* specific case for func_call attribute */
|
---|
| 5783 | type.ref->r = INT_ATTR(&ad);
|
---|
| 5784 | } else if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
---|
| 5785 | /* not lvalue if array */
|
---|
| 5786 | r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
|
---|
| 5787 | }
|
---|
| 5788 | has_init = (tok == '=');
|
---|
| 5789 | if (has_init && (type.t & VT_VLA))
|
---|
| 5790 | tcc_error("Variable length array cannot be initialized");
|
---|
| 5791 | if ((btype.t & VT_EXTERN) || ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) ||
|
---|
| 5792 | ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
|
---|
| 5793 | !has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
|
---|
| 5794 | /* external variable or function */
|
---|
| 5795 | /* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
|
---|
| 5796 | arrays of null size are considered as
|
---|
| 5797 | extern */
|
---|
| 5798 | sym = external_sym(v, &type, r, asm_label);
|
---|
| 5799 |
|
---|
| 5800 | if (type.t & VT_WEAK)
|
---|
| 5801 | weaken_symbol(sym);
|
---|
| 5802 |
|
---|
| 5803 | if (ad.alias_target) {
|
---|
| 5804 | Section tsec;
|
---|
| 5805 | Elf32_Sym *esym;
|
---|
| 5806 | Sym *alias_target;
|
---|
| 5807 |
|
---|
| 5808 | alias_target = sym_find(ad.alias_target);
|
---|
| 5809 | if (!alias_target || !alias_target->c)
|
---|
| 5810 | tcc_error("unsupported forward __alias__ attribute");
|
---|
| 5811 | esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[alias_target->c];
|
---|
| 5812 | tsec.sh_num = esym->st_shndx;
|
---|
| 5813 | put_extern_sym2(sym, &tsec, esym->st_value, esym->st_size, 0);
|
---|
| 5814 | }
|
---|
| 5815 | } else {
|
---|
| 5816 | type.t |= (btype.t & VT_STATIC); /* Retain "static". */
|
---|
| 5817 | if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
|
---|
| 5818 | r |= VT_CONST;
|
---|
| 5819 | else
|
---|
| 5820 | r |= l;
|
---|
| 5821 | if (has_init)
|
---|
| 5822 | next();
|
---|
| 5823 | decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, has_init, v, asm_label, l);
|
---|
| 5824 | }
|
---|
| 5825 | }
|
---|
| 5826 | if (tok != ',') {
|
---|
| 5827 | if (is_for_loop_init)
|
---|
| 5828 | return 1;
|
---|
| 5829 | skip(';');
|
---|
| 5830 | break;
|
---|
| 5831 | }
|
---|
| 5832 | next();
|
---|
| 5833 | }
|
---|
| 5834 | ad.aligned = 0;
|
---|
| 5835 | }
|
---|
| 5836 | }
|
---|
| 5837 | return 0;
|
---|
| 5838 | }
|
---|
| 5839 |
|
---|
| 5840 | ST_FUNC void decl(int l)
|
---|
| 5841 | {
|
---|
| 5842 | decl0(l, 0);
|
---|
| 5843 | }
|
---|